Catálogo laboratório 2014 2015

Laboratory Catalog

Laboratory Catalog 2014/15

METTLER TOLEDO

2014/15

Balances Software Titration Density Meters Refractometers pH Meters & Electrodes Thermal Analysis Pipettes Automated Chemistry Service

Analytical Excellence to Improve Customer Processes

Contents

General Introduction

LabX Software Service

Balances Applications and Accessories Mass Comparators

4 – 23 16 – 19 20 – 23 24 – 71 72 – 97 98 – 103

Quantos – Automated Dosing

104 – 113

Moisture Analyzers

114 – 123

Pipettes

124 – 141

Titration

142 – 169

Density Meters & Refractometers

170 – 183

pH Meters & Electrodes

164 – 207

Autochem

208 – 219

Melting Point & Dropping Point

220 – 227

Thermal Analysis

228 – 238

You will find a detailed table of contents on the overview page of the respective chapter

3

Product Portfolio

Innovative Products For a Wide Range of Applications METTLER TOLEDO's comprehensive product range provides users with flexibility and precision in every application plus outstanding quality and functionality. See the overview of our range below.

Weighing METTLER TOLEDO is constantly changing the world of balances. The Quantos automated dosing and sample preparation solution and innovations such as StatusLight, ­StaticDetect and SmartGrid provide complete weighing security. Our comprehensive portfolio of lab balances offers maximum user protection, unparalleled measurement performance, full data security and seamless traceability.

4

Titration The new generation of titration solutions focuses on ease of use and flexibility: Its unique One Click™ user interface keeps training times to a minimum and speeds up workflows. The completely automatic recognition of connected sensors, burettes and other accessories saves time again, while also enhancing operational safety. The modular design ensures perfect adaption to any titration application.

pH Measurement From basic handhelds to flexible two-channel meters, METTLER TOLEDO offers a full spectrum of premium quality pH and ion instruments. SevenExcellence meters, for example, stand for easyto-understand operation, high measurement accuracy and outstanding flexibility: Depending on the module attached, various parameters such as pH, conductivity etc. can be measured.

Thermal Analysis METTLER TOLEDO is the technology leader in thermal analysis instrumentation. The innovative product range includes DSC, TGA, TMA and DMA, as well as an unmatched, very powerful common software platform. Recent innovations such as Flash DSC, the TOPEM® modulation technique and the HSS7 DSC sensor guarantee better results at higher sensitivities.

Density & Refractive Index The days of manual determinations with pycno­ meters and o­ ptical refractometers are a thing of the past. ­METTLER TOLEDO’s digital instruments determine the refractive index and density simply, accurately, and, depending on the instrument, even simultaneously. Auto­ mation solutions help to reduce the measurement of large sample batches to one click of the barcode reader.

Pipetting RAININ pipettes enhance lab performance and help reduce time-to-market by guaranteeing optimum accuracy and repeatability. Innovative ergonomic designs, including the patented LTS LiteTouch System, minimize fatigue and injuries, thus helping to reduce operator errors and inaccuracies. ­RAININ’s calibration and maintenance services are built on METTLER TOLEDO’s high-precision balances and expertise.

Software & Services METTLER TOLEDO offers a full range of support and service options for all of its solutions, including flexible service packages, technical assistance, validation services, obsolescence advice and instrument training.

Furthermore, METTLER TOLEDO has developed a variety of software solutions to allow the comprehensive control and networking of instruments from anywhere.

Automated Chemistry METTLER TOLEDO provides the enabling technology, software and people that can help build a seamless workflow to transform bench scale chemistry into a commercial process.

Our enabling tools and services have been a strategic resource providing critical information to thousands of development scientists and engineers for more than 20 years.

5

New Products

New Product Solutions For Research and Development METTLER TOLEDO offers a broad portfolio of high performance laboratory instruments for many different applications. Our broad product portfolio was developed to meet the special needs of research and development.

6

EasySampler Automated Representative Sampling

PureSpeed Tips Fast Protein Purification

Taking samples for offline analysis is common but difficult. EasySampler automatically samples homogeneous, heterogeneous and viscous chemistry. Samples are taken and quenched at reaction conditions, leading to representative, reproducible sampling.

Rainin's PureSpeed tips speed purification and simplify production of high-quality, highlyconcentrated protein and biomolecule samples. Together with the E4 XLS pipette, they offer a convenient, low-cost, semi-automated method of purifying biomolecules.

More information at } www.mt.com/easysampler

More information on page 134

SevenExcellence™ Unmatched Performance and Flexibility The operation of the new SevenExcellence™ is so intuitive thanks to the cleverly-devised touch screen menu operation. It also offers flexibility on all levels, ranging from the number of measurement parameters to the choice of a vast collection of peripheral devices.

More information on page 188

7

New Products

New Product Solutions For Effective Quality Control Getting reliable results efficiently is key for most quality control laboratories.

METTLER TOLEDO’s new product solutions not only focus on providing precise results but also make operation easier and support compliance with SOPs and regulations.

8

EasyPlus Titration Simple and Affordable

InMotion Autosamplers Flexible and Efficient

The new EasyPlus™ Titrator is especially designed for routine applications and is so simply operated due to the Apps oriented user interface. To keep programming fast and simple, the iTitrate™ guidance leads operators through setup and method programming step-by-step.

Automation in a laboratory today has high demands for a variety of samples and workflows. InMotion Autosamplers are designed to maximize throughput in the minimal space and to increase productivity. They are a fit for any workload and bench capable of analyzing over 300 samples.

More information on page 154

More information on page 150

XPE Balances Worry-free Weighing Enjoy a new dimension in analytical weighing with a unique combination of intelligent features that make your daily weighing tasks easy and error-free. You can relax, safe in the knowledge that your results are valid and your processes are under control.

More information on page 38

9

Global Presence

Global Presence With Strong Solutions Lab instruments are such important tools that a powerful lab partner is a great asset, especially one with the R&D strength and knowledge to develop products that add true value to lab processes. METTLER TOLEDO boasts a truly global presence ready to serve you in even the most remote locations and providing application support and technical assistance wherever and whenever needed.

Large, highly experienced Support Force We serve our customers worldwide with one of the largest sales and service networks in the industry.

Over 5,000 factory-trained special-ists in sales, application support and technical service are on-hand to assist you in increasing the efficiency, costeffectiveness, safety and reliability of your operational processes. The local teams are able to maintain close relationships with users, they have the flexibility to adapt support and service in line with different user requirements.

10

METTLER TOLEDO has its own Sales & Service Organizations in 36 countries as well as Distribution & Service Partners in most other countries across the globe.

Products are developed and produced in various locations in the United States, Europe and China.

Continuous Innovation

Global Presence

Innovation means traditional research and development, but it goes beyond technology and involves all of our employees. METTLER TOLEDO has long been a leader in innovation – not only in products and services, but in the way we think about everything.

Innovation is the art of finding answers before the question is asked. Our Company’s culture c­ enters on innovation. With a team of over 1000 scientists and engineers we spend considerably more than our peers on product development. Originally known as specialists for weighing, today we are a recognized leader in various technologies which translate into powerful lab solutions.

With our own market organizations operating in most industrialized countries as well as selected partners in other regions, we are ready to serve customers well around the globe. In total our products and services are available in over 100 countries. Our geographically focused market organizations are responsible for all aspects of sales, service and support.

METTLER TOLEDO sales & service locations

} www.mt.com/global-presence

11

Information Tools

Stay up to date With METTLER TOLEDO METTLER TOLEDO offers a variety of publications to keep you and your business up to date and well informed. Our offering includes technical journals, such as UserCom, live webinars giving expert advice and attractive videos via our laboratory YouTube channel. Register now and profit from these tools today.

Application Database

Live and on-demand Webinars

YouTube Laboratory Channel

We offer comprehensive application support for weighing, moisture analysis, titration and many other analytical methods.

Our titration application database alone holds over 300 applications for all relevant industry segments.

Our web-based seminars (webinars), live and on demand, give you the opportunity to receive specific and relevant information concerning our products and applications. You can also benefit from our reports on the newest and most advanced methods and standards available.

Experience our range of laboratory products with selected 足videos from our YouTube laboratory channel. The informative videos offer a comprehensive overview of our product innovations and application solutions.

e.g. Titration applications www.mt.com/titration_applications

e.g. Thermal Analysis Webinars www.mt.com/ta-webinars

Watch our videos at www.youtube.com/mtlaboratory

e.g. Thermal Analysis applications www.mt.com/ta-applications

e.g. Automated Chemistry Webinars www.mt.com/ac-webinars

e.g. moisture applications www.mt.com/moisture-methods 12

Segment News Magazines

This industry segment oriented newsletter provides you with application stories, technical use cases and latest product news.

Read online www.mt.com/lab-segmentnews

Technical Journals Our popular UserCom journal contains practical expert tips and describes interesting applications from different fields. It features many practical examples that show you how to work better and more efficiently. e.g. Thermal Analysis UserCom www.mt.com/ta-usercoms e.g. Analytical Chemistry UserCom www.mt.com/anachem-usercom

13

One Click

Simplify Your Daily Routines With One Click™ Many lab instruments require multiple steps to get an analysis or other processes started. This can be a true hassle especially for routine ­operations, but also makes it hard to use instruments for infrequent ­users. Therefore METTLER TOLEDO has worked with its broad user base to develop One Click operation: All your routine tasks are executed at the press of One Click! See how it works…

Karl Fischer Titrator

14

One Click ­Access

One Click Method Start

One Click Routine Task

One Click Back Home

The home screen of the instrument shows all the key tasks of a certain user.

If a method key is pressed, the complete routine is started.

No further confirmations or configura­tions are needed: Just One Click.

Press the corresponding shortcut to start common routing tasks such as cleaning or data evaluation.

The “home” button on the instrument brings the user to the home screen, nobody can get lost in the user interface.

Refractometer

Analytical Balance

Excellence Titrator

Density Meter

Melting Point

One common operation interface across all key Lab instruments Most of the METTLER TOLEDO instruments share the same One Click user interface. This means e.g. that once you know how to use a titrator it’s very easy to use a density meter or melting point instrument as well.

Key benefits of One Click operation: • Easier and faster execution of tasks • Each user sees only the functions/actions he needs • Routine users e.g. in production only see what they need and are not confused by unneeded functionality • Operation mistakes are avoided • SOP are automatically followed • Less training is needed

See One Click in action in this short video: www.mt.com/one-click-titration

15

LabX software

LabX Software Power the Bench LabX software brings power to the lab bench by providing full user ­guidance on the instrument touchscreen, handling all data automatically, and ensuring process security on multiple instruments – all with one ­software and no manual transactions.

16

In the Office

In the Lab

On the Instrument

With LabX you control data and process information centrally.

You can manage SOP methods, users and instruments, and also view results as they are generated in real time.

According to how your lab works, work on the instrument or computer. Full user guidance is en­­forced with all data automatically and securely recorded and printed.

LabX provides full step by step user guidance on the instrument touchscreen. Automatic data handling means manual transcription errors are eliminated. Overall LabX software offers a simplified and secure system.

On the Computer

Use design tools for your application methods and reports according to your SOP. The complete overview of data and control of instruments is available from any computer at all times.

For more information:

www.mt.com/LabX

17

LabX software

LabX Software Security and Compliance Operate and manage multiple lab benchtop instruments with one ­common software resulting in one interface to learn. LabX on the instrument ensures complete user guidance and data security while supporting the regulated and paperless lab.

18

Process Security

Regulation Support

Paperless Lab

Ensure your process security with complete user guidance of your SOP on the instrument touch screen – even without a computer on the lab bench.

Full traceability, enforced SOP methods, and extensive audit trail supports the regulated lab with 21 CFR part 11, EU Annex 11, and ISO 17025.

SOP guidance sent to the instrument with results automatically recorded means – no manual entries – no transcription errors – no paper.

Step 1 LabX comes in two distinct but upgradeable editions.

Starter Pack Express Up to 3 instruments attached to a local computer.

Edition

Starter Pack Server Up to 30 instruments and the capability to distribute the system over multiple computers. Advanced options available.

LabX Express

Instrument License

x1

Option License* * The option license for user management is included for Liquiphysics and Thermal Values

Step 2 Customize your LabX system to fit your application needs.

Edition

LabX Server

Instrument License

x1

Option License

User Management

Option License

Auto Import/Export

Option License

Description

User Management

Central management of user rights and roles

Product Database

Easy organization and management of your product data

Auto Import/Export

Data transfer in CSV and XML formats

Regulation*

Regulatory support, including 21 CFR Part 11

Report Designer*

Create customized reports, including charts, graphs, logos, tables

System Integration*

Integration with other software, including LIMS and ERP (via API web service)

* Only available with LabX Server

Step 3 Choose the instruments you will connect to LabX.

Supported Benchtop Instruments: • Balance • Density Meter • Melting Point • Quantos • Refractometer • Titrator

For more information:

www.mt.com/LabX

19

Service

METTLER TOLEDO Service The Market Leader at Your Service Day-to-day laboratory routine is highly repetitive yet innovative, characterized by very complex applications and the need for guaranteed data quality and strict control of the process risks. It is a world very sensitive to the ­total cost per data point that demands for utmost precision and accuracy and permanent compliance with industrial regulations and norms.

Four values satisfying your service needs METTLER TOLEDO has understood these challenges and the continuous ­support requirements of our customers and thus provides you with a profound know-how and a comprehensive service offering focusing on the following four key values, highly relevant in every laboratory environment around the world.

20

Uptime

Performance

Compliance

Easy access to support knowhow and regular equipment checks according to standard procedures ensure maximum uptime at minimal costs.

Professional installation and setup of your equipment along with the use of thoroughly tested applications guarantee high performance from day one.

Full compliance with your industries’ regulatory norms is a must all over the world. This secures audits and provides you with peace of mind.

Your laboratory equipment is often subjected to tough environments and high-utilization in critical processes, requiring every minute of uptime, guarding against equipment breakdown, parts failure, and ‘wear and tear’.

Regular preventative mainten­ ance according to procedures recommended by the manufacturer ensures efficient and consistent performance throughout the life of your equipment, preventing out-of-specs results at all times.

Take advantage of our comprehensive equipment qualification and calibration packages combining standard DQ/IQ/OQ documentation with recommendations for maintenance and routine testing specific to your application.

Expertise

Your expertise paired with the know-how of our Service Team are key to maximum uptime, best performance and 100% compliance.

Benefit from the large portfolio of optimized applications, scientific publications, SOPs and technical documentation. In our tailored trainings and seminars, your personnel acquires the knowledge and skills to run your business with maximum efficiency.

Get more information on

www.mt.com/service

21

Good Measuring Practices

Good Measuring Practices Five Steps to Improved Quality Good Measuring Practices by METTLER TOLEDO is a global program ­supporting you in laboratory and production environments with quality ­assurance.

The five steps of all Good Measuring Practices guidelines start with an evaluation of the ­measuring needs of your processes and their associated risks. We also take into account regulatory requirements and norms relevant to your industry.

With this information, Good Measuring Practices provide straight forward recommendations for selecting, installing, calibrating and operating laboratory equipment and devices.

Optimize Cost & Quality

Tame Your Process Risk

Comply with Regulatory

GTP Risk Check

What is your titration risk?

Different factors can affect titration results. Take 5 minutes to answer 8 questions to estimate the reliability of your titration results.

The five steps of Good Measuring Practices cover the entire lifecycle of your equipment and deliver practical guidance for implement­ing all necessary quality assurance measures.

It may significantly reduce the total cost of ownership of your laboratory equipment while safeguarding process quality.

METTLER TOLEDO’s risk-based guidelines for laboratory equipment empower you to make the right decision when- and wherever it really matters.

Spend 5 minutes to run our Risk Check tools and learn more about your process specific risks.

Have every confidence in your process safety and instrument performance day in, day out.

22

Good Measuring Practices help you to fully comply with the regulatory norms and requirements of your industry.

The guidelines satisfy all your needs for quality control and assurance and support you with audit-proof documentation, thus providing you with peace of mind at all times!

1. Evaluation Analyze your process flows and its associated criteria to consistently assure the highest quality of your application and your data.

5. Routine Operation Benefit from tangible recommen­ dations for optimal performance ­verification, calibration and ­maintenance.

2. Selection Choose the ideal combination of instrument and measuring technology to best match your process needs.

4. Calibration & Qualification Trust the manufacturer-trained METTLER TOLEDO Service Team when it comes to calibrating and qualifying your instruments.

3. Installation & Training Enjoy every confidence in your new device and master it with full professional skills right from day one.

p. 28

Good Weighing Practice™ Guaranteed Better Weighing Results – At Your Fingertips with GWP®

p. 162

Good Titration Practice™ Dependable Titration in Practice – Reliable Results with GTP®

p. 138

Good Pipetting Practice™ Improved Pipetting Techniques – Minimize Risk with GPP™

p. 206 Good Electrochemistry Practice™ Reliable pH Measurements – Thanks to GEP™ p. 182

Good Density and Refractometry Practice™ Secure Density and Refractometry Results – Guaranteed by GDRP™

p. 232 Good Thermal Analysis Practice™ Fast and secure Thermal Analysis Results – With the help of GTAP™ p. 226 Good Melting and Dropping Point Practice™ Reliable Thermal Values – Optimized by GMDP™

For more information: www.mt.com/gp 23

Balances Everything you need for worry-free weighing

24

Page Overview

26 – 27

GWP® Verification

28 – 29

Microbalances

Overview XP Micro and Ultra Microbalances XPE Micro-Analytical Balances

30 – 31 32 – 33 34 – 35

Analytical Balances Overview XPE Analytical Balances XSE Analytical Balances XA Analytical Balances MS Semi-microbalances MS-S Analytical Balances ML and ME Balances

36 38 40 42 44 46 48

– – – – – – –

37 39 41 43 45 47 49

Precision Balances

Overview XP Precision Balances XS Precision Balances Industry Weighing Solutions MS-L Precision Balances MS Precision Balances ML and ME Precision Balances Classic Light PL-S/PL-L

50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64

– – – – – – – –

51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65

Software Solutions

One Click™ Weighing Solutions

66 – 67

Service

Service Agreements, Calibration Certificates Regulatory Compliance, Expertise

68 – 69 70 – 71

Applications and Accessories

72 – 97

25

Overview

Laboratory Weighing Your Solution is Here Microbalances To accurately weigh the smallest of samples, choose from our range of semi-micro, micro and ultra microbalances which offer up to 61 million resolution points.

Microbalances

METTLER TOLEDO’s weighing expertise and manufacturing competence goes into every balance to bring you outstanding performance. In combination with laboratory software and dedicated accessories, you can c­ reate a customized solution to make your weighing applications fast, simple and worryfree.

26

Software Solutions

Service

Trust in your results with our high performing analytical balances: capacity, readability, security features and built-in applications to suit all your analytical requirements.

From 120 g to 64 kg, we have the precision balance you need. Robust and easy to clean, these balances will give you years of service.

Enjoy worry-free weighing by letting our software solutions take care of your data automatically. Benefit further from SOP user guidance, assured traceability and increased productivity.

Our worldwide service network is always on hand to help you keep your instruments performing at their peak.

Service

Precision Balances

Precision Balances

Analytical Balances

Analytical Balances

Software Solutions

Overview

27

GWP® Verification

Accurate Measuring through GWP® The Global Weighing Standard Good Weighing Practice™ (GWP®) is the science based global weighing standard for the efficient life cycle management of weighing systems. The risk-based approach allows you to improve control of your whole measuring process, which in turn helps to avoid costly out of specification results.

Benchmark Your Quality Management System GWP® Verification helps you assure accurate weighing results as part of your quality ­management system. Applicable for all balances and scales, it provides an optimized testing and calibrating scheme which may translate to sustainable time and cost savings.

Reproducible Accuracy The GWP® Verification documentation provides all necessary ­information on testing procedures, frequencies, weights and pass/fail tolerances. This allows you to maintain reliable weighing accuracy over the lifetime of your weighing equipment.

28

Feasible Cost Savings Optimized routine testing based on your risk management ensures consistently good quality in critical applications. Additionally, a sound testing scheme saves costs by eliminating unnecessary tests in lower risk processes.

Audit-Proof Documentation The GWP® Verification summary report contains the assessment of all weighing equipment in one audit-proof document. Color codes indicate where requirements have not been met and cost savings can be achieved.

You will receive clear recommendations on how to eliminate any gaps and improve overall quality under operating conditions.

GWP® Verification

For your success: you focus on your process; we take care of the m ­ easurement.

Your Benefits • The accuracy of your weighing instruments is matched to your process tolerances.

• A comprehensive summary report provides an overview of the status of all weighing ­equipment.

• An optimized routine testing and calibration schedule results in sustainable cost savings.

• Audit-proof and up-to-date documentation complements your quality management system.

Latest GWP® Solution GWP® Recommendation for Counting Selecting the right counting solution saves money and provides peace of mind from the start. The GWP® Recommendation for ­Counting is a unique qualification service to determine the right counting solution for any specific process requirement.

For more information: www.mt.com/gwp-verification 29

Microbalance Overview

Microbalance Decision Table This overview helps you identify which microbalance range best suits your needs.

XP Microbalances and ­Ultra-microbalances Unmatched performance and repeatability for weighing the smallest samples.

XS Microbalances

XPE Micro-Analytical Balances

Superb weighing technology with dual scale readability.

Higher capacity for dosing ­directly into your target container.

Capacity up to 6.1 g Readability 1 µg, 0.1 µg

Capacity up to 3 g Readability 1 µg

Capacity up to 56 g Readability 1 µg

• Unique Performance The lowest minimum weight balances on the market

• Reproducible Results Best in class repeatability of below 0.8 μg

• Highest Capacity 56 g capactiy with an incredibly low minimum weight

• User Friendly Intuitive, touchscreen operation; personal setup

• Easy Operation Touchscreen, weigh-in guide, interface options

• Efficient Output ErgoClips, SmartGrid: easy dosing and fast results

• Highest Safety Test management, auto int adjustment, weigh-in guide

• Extra Security Weighing cell with overload protection

• Highest Safety Test management, auto int adjustment, weigh-in guide

• Seamless Processes LabX: automatic data handling, full SOP guidance

• Seamless Processes LabX: automatic data handling, full SOP guidance

• Seamless Processes LabX: automatic data handling, full SOP guidance

• Quality Assurance MinWeigh, LevelControl, user profiles, passwords

30

• Quality Assurance MinWeigh, LevelControl, user profiles, passwords

Microbalance Overview

XPE56 Micro-Analytical Balance

METTLER TOLEDO microbalances and ultra microbalances offer up to 61 million points of resolution to give you accurate and precise weighing results for the smallest of sample sizes. Years of weighing expertise coupled with innovative technologies brings you balances with outstanding weighing performance.

1000 Balances.

4 Steps.

One Recommendation. www.mt.com/easyďŹ nder www.mt.com/micro 31

XP Micro and Ultra Microbalances

Outstanding Performance for Smallest Sample Sizes With up to 61 million resolution points, XP Micro and Ultra Microbalances are ideal for accurately measuring the smallest of samples.

Benefit from GWP速 Excellence Only GWP速 Excellence balance firmware provides you with integrated routine testing procedures for guaranteed compliance with your SOP.

Minimum Weight The MinWeigh function helps to comply with the minimum sample weight required by USP. Auditors view the MinWeigh 足certificate as a QM document.

Optical Guide Tolerances can be set individually. The optical guide helps to achieve the smallest possible sample weight.

Automated Processes The Automated-S Microbalance is easily integrated into automated processes, resulting in higher productivity.

XP2U Automated-S Microbalance for weighing of unique sample shapes.

32

Easy Operation with LabX The user can access predefined weighing applications from the display and work through them step by step using the intuitive user prompts.

XP Micro and Ultra Microbalances

Accurate Results

High resolution cell technology Internal adjustment with sensitivity test

Efficient Operation

Color touchscreen (except XS3DU) User interface in 11 languages Easy cleaning SmartTrac guided dosing to target Automatic draft shield (except XS3DU) SmartSens for hands-free operation

Quality Assurance

Graphical leveling MinWeigh protection GWP® Excellence FACT, GWP & Admin history 8 users & password protection

Seamless Process

LabX ready Built-in RS232 & optional 2nd interface

XP2U Ultra-Microbalance

www.mt.com/micro

Microbalances Settling time USP Minimum Weighing Model Maximum capacity Readability Repeatability 2) Linearity (typical) Weight 1) pan Ø (mm) XP2U

2.1 g 0.1 µg 0.2 µg 1.5 µg 10 s 0.3 mg 16 0.8g XS3 DualRange 3.1g 1 µg / 10 µg 0.8 µg / 5 µg 10 µg 10 s / 6 s 1.5 mg / 9 mg 27 XP6U

6.1 g 0.1 µg 0.25 µg 4 µg 15 s 0.3 mg 16 XP6

6.1 g 1 µg 0.6 µg 4 µg 7 s 0.8 mg 27

Part No. 11122430 11122445 11122400 11122415

Automated Microbalances XP2U Automated-S XP6 Automated-S 1) 2)

2.1 g 0.1 µg 6.1 g 1 µg

0.2 µg 0.6 µg

1 µg 4 µg

10 s 7 s

0.3 mg 0.8 mg

61x22 30014393 61x 22 30014395

Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load Guaranteed value

All models also available in verified version.

33

XPE Micro-Analytical Balances

Worry-free Weighing High Capacity Microbalances The XPE56 and XPE26 micro-analytical balances deliver the highest capacity coupled with the lowest possible minimum weight. This means you can dose directly into a larger tare container, saving valuable material and making ­significant cost reductions. Fast, easy and safe.

34

StaticDetect™ – Sample OK A warning is given if the weighing error caused by static charges is above the userdefined limit. For the highest process security, antistatic measures neutralize the charge and ensure the most accurate results.

StatusLight™ – Balance Ready The StatusLight uses color to indicate intuitively the status of the balance. Green means ready, yellow is a warning and errors are shown with red.

LabX – Processes Under Control LabX laboratory software provides flexible SOP user guidance on the balance touchscreen.

Automatic data handling, calculations and report generation eliminate transcription errors and assure full traceability.

SmartGrid Micro The unique SmartGrid minimizes the effects of air turbulence, so that stabilization times are greatly reduced when compared to a standard pan weighing pan.

Secure Dosing Direct dosing is accurate, fast, and fits any working situation thanks to the intelligently ­designed ErgoClips. For the ­fastest possible stabilization times, the MinWeigh door micro is essential.

Easy Cleaning Minimize the risk of contamination: Each panel of both the ­inner and outer draft shield can be removed easily and is cleaned in a flash!

XPE Micro-Analytical Balances

XPE56 Micro-Analytical Balance

Accurate Results

High resolution technology Internal adjustment with sensitivity testing Internal temperature control StaticDetect™

Efficient Operation

Color touchscreen 11 languages ErgoClips Micro for direct dosing Easy Cleaning SmartGrid Micro hanging weighing pan SmartTrac guided dosing to target Automatic inner & outer draft shield SmartSens for hands-free operation

Quality Assurance

Graphical leveling & level warning MinWeigh protection TestManager™ FACT, GWP & Admin history 8 Users & password protection StatusLight™

Seamless Process

LabX ready RFID communication ready Compact Antistatic Kit ready Built-in RS232 & optional 2nd interface

Guided Testing Never miss a routine test again. Using the balance touchscreen, your testing SOP’s can be implemented in the TestManager embedded software. Whenever a test is due a message is displayed in the screen to perform your test with full user guidance.

Always Level The new LevelGuide™ provides you with a warning when the balance is not level. Simple and clear instructions and a graphical level bubble are shown on the screen. Level the balance in seconds!

www.mt.com/micro

Micro-Analytical Model XPE26 XPE26 DeltaRange XPE56 1) 2)

Capacity 26 g 8g 26 g 56 g

Readability 1 µg

Repeatability 2) 1.5 µg

Linearity 6 µg

USP Minimum Weight 1) 1.4 mg

Weighing pan (mm) 40 x 40

Part No. 30105893

2 µg / 10 µg 1 µg

2 µg / 5 µg 1.5 µg

10 µg 20 µg

2.4 mg 1.4 mg

40 x 40 40 x 40

30105897 30105904

Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load Guaranteed value

All models also available in verified version.

35

Analytical Balance Overview

Analytical Balance Decision Table This overview helps you identify which analytical balance range best suits your needs.

XPE Supporting the highest needs for safety, efficiency, quality assurance and ease of compliance.

XSE Excellent all-round performance delivers the perfect solution for a multitude of workplaces.

XA The essential everyday functionality you need in a high performance balance.

Capacity up to 520 g Readability 0.01 mg / 0.1 mg

Capacity up to 220 g Readability 0.01 mg / 0.1 mg

Capacity up to 220 g Readability 0.01 mg / 0.1 mg

• Unique Performance USP41 minimum weight down to 14 mg

• High Performance Unique cell concept and ­SmartGrid

• Accurate Results Weighing cell, SmartGrid: fast, reliable results

• Touchless Safety SmartSens sensors: weigh, tare, open/close doors

• Intuitive Operation Touchscreen, personal setup, weighing-in guide

• Intuitive Operation Touchscreen, personal setup, weighing-in guide

• Seamless Processes RFID options; LabX: auto data handling, SOP guidance

• Seamless Processes RFID options; LabX: auto data handling, SOP guidance

• Flexible Solutions Wide range of practical accessories

• Unique Cleaning Fast dismantling weighing chamber, dishwasher proof

• Unique Cleaning Fast dismantling weighing chamber, dishwasher proof

• Unique Cleaning Fast dismantling weighing chamber, dishwasher proof

• Balance Management StatusLight™: balance level, tests done, ready to weigh

• Balance Management StatusLight™: balance level, tests done, ready to weigh

• Electrostatic Solutions Automatic electrostatic detection, compact ionizer 36

Analytical Balance Overview

1000 Balances.

4 Steps.

One Recommendation. www.mt.com/easyfinder

MS Hardworking balances that give you fast and precise results.

ML These compact balances save space and can be battery operated.

ME Quality entry level balances with reliable performance.

Capacity up to 320 g Readability 0.01 mg / 0.1mg

Capacity up to 220 g Readability 0.1 mg

Capacity up to 220 g Readability 0.1 mg

• Fast Results High precision weighing cell, auto internal adjustment

• Reliable Results MonoBloc weighing cell, ­internal adjustment

• Simply Reliable Fast results, internal adjustment

• Efficient Operation Clear menu, built-in applications, personal setup

• Easy Operation Clear menu, 1 key press ­access to applications

• Easy Operation Clear menu, 10 applications, backlit display

• Robust Longevity Full metal housing – tough and chemical resistant

• Durable Construction Metal base with chemical ­resistant housing

• Essential Functionality Just what you need for your everyday tasks

• Easy Cleaning QuickLock draft shield dismantles quickly, no tools

• Fully Portable Lightweight, use batteries to weigh anywhere

www.mt.com/analytical-balances 37

XPE Analytical Balances

Worry-free Weighing Follow the Green Light with XPE XPE Analytical Balances provide outstanding performance and the lowest minimum sample weight in analytical weighing, whilst supporting the highest requirements for safety, efficiency and Quality Assurance.

38

StaticDetect™ – Sample OK When static charges are present, the weighing error is measured and a warning is given. For the highest process security, the user can employ anti-static measures to neutralize the charge and ensure the most ­accurate results.

StatusLight™ – Balance Ready The StatusLight uses color to indicate intuitively the status of the balance. Green means ready, yellow is a warning and errors are shown with red. The clearly visible light communicates if the balance is ready for you to start your weighing task.

LabX – Processes Under Control LabX laboratory software provides flexible SOP user guidance on the balance touchscreen.

Automatic data handling, calculations and report generation eliminate transcription errors and assure full traceability.

SmartGrid & ErgoClips The unique SmartGrid minimizes the effects of air turbulence, so that stabilization times are reduced. Direct dosing is accurate, fast, and fits any working situation thanks to the intelligently designed and flexible ErgoClips – installed in seconds.

Easy Cleaning Minimize the risk of contamination: Each panel of the draft shield can be removed easily and is cleaned in a flash.

Operation – Ergonomic The enhanced touchscreen user interface offers intuitive balance operation. SmartSens s­ ensors allow you to operate your ­balance with the wave of a hand (e.g. open/close draft shield door). Tasks are easier, safer and cross contamination is avoided.

XPE Analytical Balances

XPE205 Analytical Balance

Accurate Results

High Resolution Cell Technology Internal adjustment with sensitivity test Internal temperature control StaticDetect™

Efficient Operation

Color touchscreen User interface in 11 languages ErgoClips for direct sample dosing Easy cleaning SmartGrid hanging weighing pan SmartTrac guided dosing to target Automatic draft shield SmartSens for hands-free operation

Quality Assurance

Graphical leveling & level warning MinWeigh protection Test Manager FACT, GWP & Admin history 8 users & password protection StatusLight

Seamless Process

Quantos upgrade ready LabX ready RFID communication ready Compact Antistatic Kit ready Built in RS232 & optional 2nd interface

RFID Solutions RFID Smart Tags enable secure transfer of titration sample information from your balance to your ­titrator.

EasyScan™ checks test and calibration dates on ­pipettes. The built-in application guides you through the pipette check process.

Always Level The new LevelGuide™ provides you with a warning when the balance is not level. Full instructions and a graphical level bubble are shown on the touchscreen so you can level your balance in seconds.

AntiStatic Kits The compact ionizer fixes on to your balance to gently and effectively remove charges from the sample and tare container. External units are also available.

www.mt.com/xpe-analytical

Model XPE105 XPE205 XPE205 DeltaRange XPE204 XPE504

Maximum capacity 120 g 220 g 81g 220 g 220 g 520 g

Readability 0.01 mg 0.01 mg 0.01 / 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.1 mg

Repeatability 2) 0.015 mg 0.015 mg 0.015/0.05 mg 0.05 mg 0.1 mg

Linearity 0.10 0.10 0.15 0.2 0.4

USP Minimum Weight 1) 14 mg 14 mg 14 mg 80 mg 80 mg

Weighing pan (mm) 78 x73 78 x73 78 x73 78 x73 78 x73

Part No. 30087635 30087653 30087700 30087643 30087770

Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load 2) Guaranteed value 1)

All models also available in verified version.

39

XSE Analytical Balances

Worry-free Weighing Follow the Green Light with XSE XSE Analytical Balances offer exceptional weighing performance and quality assurance features as well as excellent ergonomics. They are the perfect workhorse solution for a multitude of workplaces.

40

Easy Cleaning Minimize the risk of contamination: Each panel of the draft shield can be removed easily and is cleaned in a flash.

SmartGrid & ErgoClips The unique SmartGrid minimizes the effects of air turbulence, so that stabilization times are reduced. Direct dosing is accurate, fast, and fits any working situation thanks to the intelligently designed ErgoClips.

LabX – Processes Under Control LabX laboratory software provides flexible SOP user guidance on the balance touchscreen.

Automatic data handling, calculations and report generation eliminate transcription errors and assure full traceability.

RFID Solutions RFID Smart Tags enable secure transfer of titration sample information from your balance to your titrator. EasyScan™ checks test and calibration dates on pipettes. The built-in application guides you through the pipette check process.

StatusLight™ – Balance Ready The StatusLight uses color to indicate intuitively the status of the balance. Green means ready, yellow is a warning and errors are shown with red. The clearly visible light communicates if the balance is ready for you to start your weighing task.

XSE Analytical Balances

XSE Analytical Balance

Accurate Results

High Resolution Cell Technology Internal Adjustment with Sensitivity Test 10µg repeatability at 5% load

Efficient Operation

Colour Touchscreen User interface in 11 languages Ergoclips for Direct sample dosing Easy Cleaning SmartGrid hanging weighing pan SmartTrac Guided dosing to target

Quality Assurance

Graphical leveling & level warning MinWeigh protection Test Manager FACT, GWP history 8 users & password protection StatusLight

Seamless Process

LabX Ready RFID Communication ready Compact Antistatic Kit ready Built in RS232 Optional 2nd interface

Model XSE105 DualRange XSE205 DualRange XSE104 XSE204 1) 2)

Maximum capacity 41g 120 g 81g 220 g 120 g 220 g

Always Level The new LevelGuide™ provides you with a warning when the balance is not level. Full instructions and a graphical level bubble are shown on the touchscreen so you can level your balance in seconds.

www.mt.com/xse-analytical

Readability 0.01 / 0.1 mg 0.01 / 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.1 mg

Repeatability 2) 0.02 mg 0.02 mg 0.05 mg 0.07 mg

Linearity 0.2 mg 0.2 mg 0.2 mg 0.2 mg

USP Minimum Weight 1) 20 mg 20 mg 80 mg 80 mg

Weighing pan (mm) 78 x73 78 x73 78 x73 78 x73

Part No. 30087716 30087732 30087708 30087724

Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load Guaranteed value

All models also available in verified version.

41

XA Analytical Balances

Worry-free Weighing With Straightforward Performance The XA balance line offers all the fundamental functionality you need combined with the high performance you desire.

These straightforward balances are easy-to-use and excel in terms of reliability and repeatability.

Fast Weighing The innovative SmartGrid weighing pan on the XA Analytical Balances reduces stabilization times and gives you fast results.

Easy Access The user can open each door from both sides. This allows easy access to the balance, and the userâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s preferred hand stays free for dosing.

42

Easy Cleaning To minimize risk of cross-contamination the complete weighing chamber can be dismantled in seconds and all parts are dishwasher safe.

Direct Dosing ErgoClip container holders allow the fast and secure positioning of different shaped tare vessels.

This precise positioning makes dosing straight into the tare container accurate and easy.

XA Analytical Balances

Accurate Results

High Resolution Cell Technology Internal Adjustment with Sensitivity Test 10 Âľg repeatability at 5% load

Efficient Operation

Touchscreen User interface in 11 languages ErgoClips for direct dosing to target Easy Cleaning SmartGrid hanging weighing pan

Quality Assurance

FACT history

Seamless Process

Built in RS232 Optional 2nd interface

Model Maximum capacity 41g XA105 DualRange 120 g 81g XA205 DualRange 220 g XA204 220 g 81g XA204 DeltaRange 220 g 1) 2)

XA204DR Analytical Balance

www.mt.com/xa-analytical

Readability 0.1/0.01 mg 0.1/0.01 mg 0.1 mg 1/0.1 mg

USP Minimum Weighing pan Repeatability 2) Linearity weight 1) Part No. 0.02/0.05 mg 0.2 mg 20 mg 78x73 mm 11126800 0.02/0.05 mg 0.2 mg 20 mg 78x73 mm 30005329 0.02 mg 0.2 mg 80 mg 78x73 mm 30005325 0.1/0.5 mg 0.5 mg 80 mg 78x73 mm 11126805

Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at â&#x2030;¤ 5% load Guaranteed value

Please refer to your sales representative for the local availability.

43

MS Semi-microbalances

Designed for You Right Down to the Last Detail Quickly set the date or change the language? Open the door and place the weighing sample with a single action?

Dismantle the draft shield to clean each glass panel?

No problem – MS semi-microbalances help to make more efficient use of your time.

Reliable The METTLER TOLEDO HRT (HiRes Weighing Technology) includes two built-in weights. ­Together with FACT (Fully Automatic Calibration Technology), this allows the balance to auto­ matically perform adjustment and linearization.

Versatile in Use Here is the ideal balance for ­every laboratory weighing task, be it in process or quality ­control, density determination or formulation.

44

Efficient Handling Reduce the number of movements needed for every weighing. Open the draft shield ErgoDoor with one hand and simultaneously place the weighing sample with your other hand.

Durable and Robust The metal housing protects the weighing sensor from environmental influences and impacts.

Consistency and precision is guaranteed year after year – even with intensive use in harsh environ­ments.

Space Saving Save working space thanks to split draft shield doors that do not project beyond the balance, and sideways mounted connectors at the back of the balance.

MS Semi-microbalances

MS Semi-Microbalances

HRT

HRT Weighing Cell With two built-in weights, for constant accuracy over the entire weighing range MS105

FACT Fully automatic time- and temperaturecontrolled internal adjustment Diagnostics Easy running of balance diagnostics tests e.g. keypad test, repeatability test ErgoDoor The right door can be opened from the left side and vice versa SmartTrac Shows how much of the entire weighing range has been used Smart Key Programmable keys for shortcut acces to preferred applications QuickLock Fast and convenient dismantling of the draft shield Connectivity RS232 to connect to PC, printer or bar code reader; USB to connect to PC Protection of main balance configurations against ­manipulation ErgoSens For touch-free operation of the balance Protective Cover Protects the balance from stains and scratches OIML Approved versions of all models available

Model MS105 MS105 DualRange MS205 DualRange MS204

Maximum capacity 120 g 120 g 42 g 82 g

Additional Features: • Applications: Piece Counting, Percent W ­ eighing, ­Formulation, Statistics, Totaling, Free Factor, Recall, Density, Pipette Check • 3 programmable SmartKeys in the keypad offer direct access to preferred applications • The built-in date and time function enables GLP/GMP compliant print outs of weighing results, ensuring full control and traceability of research • Quick and error-free data transfer: RS232 port for direct connection to PC, printer or bar code reader, USB port for ­connection to PC via standard USB cable • Easy communication in your language (English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Polish, Czech, and Hungarian, etc.)

www.mt.com/ms-analytical

USP Min. Weight 1)

Weighing pan (mm)

30 mg 30 mg

∅ 80 ∅ 80

Part No. 11142056 11142062

0.2 mg (0.02 mg)

30 mg

∅ 80

11142068

0.2 mg

100 mg

∅ 80

11142074

Readability 0.01 mg 0.01 mg / 0.1 mg

Repeatability 2) 0.04 mg 0.03 mg / 0.08 mg

Linearity 3) 0.1 mg (0.02 mg) 0.15 mg (0.02 mg)

220 g

0.01 mg / 0.1 mg

0.05 mg / 0.08 mg

220 g

0.1 mg

0.09 mg

Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load 2) Guaranteed value 3) Typical value within 10 g 1)

45

MS-S Analytical Balances

Designed for You High Performance with Lasting Value Ideal for simple routine tasks or complicated weighing ­procedures: MS analytical balances convince with strong performance and increased productivity thanks to a fast settling time and consistently reliable results.

Durable and Robust The metal housing protects the weighing sensor from environmental influences and impacts.

For guaranteed consistency and precision year after year – even with intensive use in harsh environments.

Chemical-Resistant The balance housing is resistant to most chemicals, incl. acetone. The protective cover, supplied as standard, offers protection against stains and scratches.

46

Quick to Dismantle Remove, clean and put back all of the QuickLock draft shield glass panels in just a few simple steps, without tools and wthout moving the balance..

Intuitive Operation The easy-to-use interface ­enables direct access to applications and calibration rountines.

Further, the large brilliant numbers from the clear High Contrast Display (HCD) support an easy and error-free reading.

MS-S Analytical Balances

MS204S

MS-S Analytical Balances

Metal Housing Chemical resistant die-cast aluminum housing MonoBloc Proven weighing technology for fast and accurate results Protection of main balance configurations against ­manipulation FACT Fully automatic time- and temperaturecontrolled internal adjustment.

Connectivity RS232 to connect to PC, printer or bar code reader, USB to connect to PC Overload Protection Protects the weighing cell against excess weight overload SmartTrac Shows how much of the entire weighing range has been used Smart Key Programmable keys for shortcut access to preferred applications OIML Approved versions of all models available

Model MS104S MS204S MS304S 1) 2)

Maximum capacity 120 g 220 g 320 g

Additional Features: • Applications: Piece Counting, Percent W ­ eighing, Check Weighing, Dynamic Weighing, Formulation, Statistics, Totaling, Free Factor, Recall, Density • 3 programmable SmartKeys in the keypad offer direct access to preferred applications • The built-in date and time function enables GLP/GMP compliant print outs of weighing results, ensuring full control and traceability of research • Quick and error-free data transfer: RS232 port for direct connection to PC, printer or bar code reader, USB port for ­connection to PC via standard USB cable • Easy communication in your language ­(English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Polish, Czech, and Hungarian, etc.)

www.mt.com/ms-analytical

Readability

Repeatability 2)

Linearity

USP Minimum Weight 1)

Weighing pan (mm)

Part No.

0.1 mg

0.1 mg

0.2 mg

0.16 g

∅ 90

11124474

0.1 mg

0.1 mg

0.2 mg

0.16 g

∅ 90

11124477

0.1 mg

0.1 mg

0.2 mg

0.16 g

∅ 90

11124480

Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load Guaranteed value

47

ML and ME Balances

ML and ME Analytical Balances Offering Convenience and Simplicity ML and ME balances round off our analytical balance port­ folio with two d­ istinct ranges aimed at meeting your different analytical weighing needs. ML balances offer you a compact design and full portability to give you ­reliable and accurate results in the lab or out in the field. The straightforward ME balances are designed for easy and efficient operation.

ML Reliable, Durable, Portable

ML204

48

ME Easy, Efficient, Functional

ME204

The robust, high performance MonoBloc weighing cell gives you accurate results and ensures a long balance lifetime. The compact design has a footprint of just 290 x 184 mm. Battery operation enables you to take your ML balance anywhere – ideal for work in the field.

ME balances offer all the basic functionality you need for your weighing tasks. Easy to use and easy to clean, your daily work becomes fast and efficient.

The solid construction means you can rely on accurate results for many years to come.

www.mt.com/ml-analytical

www.mt.com/me-analytical

ML and ME Balances

ML Analytical Balances Special Features

+

+

Battery Operation Full independence from power s­ upply for 8 hours MonoBloc Proven weighing technology for fast and accurate results MonoBloc ensures accurate results

FACT Fully automatic time- and temperature-­ controlled internal adjustment.* * Available from April 2014

Battery compartment takes 4AA batteries

ML and ME Analytical Balances General Features

Internal Adjustment On demand, at a key press with an internal weight External Adjustment On demand, at a key press with an external weight Metal Construction Solid metal base and ­reinforced ­housing ensures robust performance

Metal base and reinforced body

Overload Protection Protects the weighing cell against excess weight overload Connectivity RS232 interface for connection to PC or printer. No additional software needed Protection of main balance configurations against manipulation Protective Cover Encloses the entire housing protecting the balances from stains and scratches Easy connection

ML Models ML54 ML104 ML204

Maximum capacity 52 g 120 g 220 g

Readability 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.1 mg

ME Models ME54 ME54E ME104 ME104E ME204 ME204E

Maximum capacity 52 g 52 g 120 g 120 g 220 g 220 g

Readability 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.1 mg

1)

Repeatability 1) 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.1 mg

Repeatability 1) 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.1 mg

Linearity 0.2 mg 0.2 mg 0.2 mg

Linearity 0.2 mg 0.2 mg 0.2 mg 0.2 mg 0.2 mg 0.2 mg

Weighing pan (mm) ∅ 90 ∅ 90 ∅ 90 Weighing pan (mm) ∅ 90 ∅ 90 ∅ 90 ∅ 90 ∅ 90 ∅ 90

Part No. 11124770 11124776 11124782

Part No. 30029068 30029077 30029067 30029076 30029066 30029075

Guaranteed value

49

Precision Balance Overview

Precision Balance Decision Table This overview helps you identify which precision balance range best suits your needs.

XP When security is a top priority, XP safety features minimize your weighing risk.

XS High throughput is assured with these fast, high performance ­balances.

MS Hardworking balances that give you fast and precise results.

Capacity up to 64 kg Readability 0.1 mg – 1 g

Capacity up to 32 kg Readability 1 mg – 1 g

Capacity up to 32.2 kg Readability 1 mg – 1 g

• Excellent Performance MonoBlocHighSpeed cell, full auto internal adjustment

• Accurate Results MonoBlocHighSpeed cell, auto ­internal adjustment

• Fast Results MonoBloc cell, auto internal adjustment

• Touchless Safety SmartSens sensors: weigh, tare

• Intuitive Operation Touchscreen, weighing-in guide, personal setup

• Efficient Operation Clear menu, built-in applications, personal setup

• Seamless Processes LabX: automatic data handling, SOP guidance

• Seamless Processes LabX: automatic data handling, SOP guidance

• Robust Longevity Full metal housing - tough and chemical resistant

• IP54 In-Use Protection against dust and splashed liquids

• IP54 In-Use Protection against dust and splashed liquids

• Stable Protection LevelLock feet for stability

• Quality Assurance Password protection, test ­management

• Quality Assurance Password protection, test ­management

• Maximum Security MinWeigh, LevelControl, user profiles 50

Precision Balance Overview

1000 Balances.

4 Steps.

One Recommendation. www.mt.com/easyfinder

ML These compact balances save space and can be battery ­operated.

ME Quality entry level balances with reliable performance.

Capacity up to 6200 g Readability 1 mg – 0.1 g

Capacity up to 4200 g Readability 1 mg / 0.01 g

• Reliable Results MonoBloc cell, internal adjustment

• Simply Reliable Fast results, internal adjustment

• Easy Operation Clear menu, 1 key press ­access to applications

• Easy Operation Clear menu, 10 applications, backlit display

• Durable Construction Metal base with chemical ­resistant housing

• Essential Functionality Just what you need for your everyday tasks

• Fully Portable Lightweight, use batteries to weigh anywhere

www.mt.com/precision-balances 51

XP Precision Balances

High Security for Harsh Environments XP precision balances set the standard for weighing, both in the laboratory and in industrial environments. The product portfolio with S- and L-Platforms ranges from 0.1 mg up to 64 kg capacity.

52

Proven Durability A separate processor brings the MonoBlocHighSpeed weighing cell up to maximum speed. Thanks to the Overload Protection even heavy loads cannot damage the XP.

Weighing-in Aid The optical guide helps to achieve the desired weight.

Easy Data Transfer With the XP’s interface options you can choose to print out your results straight away or transfer the data to your PC. Ensure complete traceability of your results.

System Integration The weighing platform of the XP precision balance is also available separately. Compact, robust and with outstanding weighing performance, it is ideal for system integration.

Switch on GWP® Only GWP® Excellence balance firmware provides you with integrated routine testing procedures for guaranteed compliance with your SOP.

XP404S

XP Precision Balances

XP Precision Balances ProFACT Advanced Fully automatic temperatureand/or time-controlled internal adjustment with asfound and/or as-left internal tests (Advanced functions) SmartSens and ErgoSens For hands-free operation QM Toolbox Maximum security in regulated environments MinWeigh Warns if the minimum weight requirement is violated LevelControl Warns when the balance is not leveled 8 users Individual settings, password-protected GWP® Excellence Integrated automatic safety f­unctions for external routine testing IP54 In-Use Protection against dust and splashes of water Connectivity RS232 built-in, slot for second interface (7 options, incl. wireless Bluetooth and Ethernet) LabX PC software For electronic data management according to 21 CFR Part 11

with draft shield

FreeWeigh software Connectivity to FreeWeigh.Net for optimal process control

XP64001L

• Built-in QM Tools (MinWeigh, LevelControl, user ­management with password protection, GWP® Excellence, Change­History etc.)

• Sensors allowing hands-free operation • Alphanumeric sample identification, 4 IDs per sample • Display various weighing units (built-in) and define custom units • Piece counting, formulation, percent and dynamic weighing, ­statistics, density determination, factor calculation and differential weighing • Be adapted to the environment and weighing process • Large, chemical-resistant stainless steel weighing pans • Overload protection • Removable terminal • Operates in different languages: EN, DE, FR, IT, ES, RU, JP, CN, CS, PL, HU • Easy connection to LabX PC software www.mt.com/xp-precision

Model Maximum capacity XP204S 210 g XP404S 410 g 80 g XP404S DeltaRange 410 g XP203S 210 g XP603S 610 g 120 g XP603S DeltaRange 610 g XP1203S 1210 g 500 g XP2003S DeltaRange 2100 g 1000 g XP5003S DeltaRange 5100 g XP802S 810 g XP1202S 1210 g XP2002S 2100 g XP4002S 4100 g 800 g XP4002S DeltaRange 4100 g XP6002S 6100 g 1200 g XP6002S DeltaRange 6100 g XP8002S 8100 g XP10002S 10100 g 2000 g XP10002S DeltaRange 10100 g 2000 g XP12002S DeltaRange 12100 g XP2001S 2100 g XP4001S 4100 g XP6001S 6100 g XP8001S 8100 g XP10001S 10100 g

USP Min. Readability Repeatability 2) Linearity Weight 1) Weighing pan Part No. 0.1 mg 0.2 mg 0.2 mg 240 mg ∅ 90 mm 11130052 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.2 mg 80 mg ∅ 90 mm 11130076 0.1 mg/1 mg 0.1 mg/0.6 mg 0.6 mg 120 mg ∅ 90 mm 11130082 1 mg 0.9 mg 2 mg 1.0g 127x127 mm 11130022 1 mg 0.9 mg 2 mg 1.0g 127x127 mm 11130020 1 mg/10 mg 1 mg/6 mg 6 mg 1.6g 127x127 mm 11130040 1 mg 0.8 mg 2 mg 0.8g 127x127 mm 11130000 1 mg/10 mg 1 mg/6 mg 6 mg 1.2g 127x127 mm 11130088 1 mg/10 mg 1 mg/6 mg 6 mg 1.2g 127x127 mm 11130094 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8g 170x205 mm 11130061 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8g 170x205 mm 11130070 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8g 170x205 mm 11130060 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8g 170x205 mm 11130102 10 mg/0.1 g 8 mg/60 mg 60 mg 8g 170x205 mm 11130039 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8g 170x205 mm 11130100 10 mg/0.1 g 8 mg/60 mg 60 mg 10g 170x205 mm 11130101 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8g 170x205 mm 11130201 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8g 170x205 mm 11130200 10 mg/0.1 g 8 mg/60 mg 50 mg 10g 170x205 mm 11130206 10 mg/0.1 g 10 mg/60 mg 60 mg 12g 170x205 mm 30006911 0.1 g 80 mg 60 mg 80 g 190x 223 mm 11130152 0.1 g 80 mg 60 mg 80 g 190x 223 mm 11130141 0.1 g 80 mg 60 mg 80 g 190x 223 mm 11130140 0.1 g 80 mg 100 mg 80 g 190x 223 mm 11130221 0.1 g 80 mg 100 mg 80 g 190x 223 mm 11130220

L Platform XP8001L 8100 g XP16001L 16100 g XP32001L 32100 g 6400 g XP32001L DeltaRange 32100 g XP64001L 64100 g XP16000L 16100 g XP32000L 32100 g XP64000L 64100 g 1)

Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load

All models also available in verified version.

XP10001S

Additional features:

0.1 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.1g/1 g 0.1 g 1 g 1 g 1 g 2)

0.08 g 0.08 g 0.08 g 0.1g/0.6 g 0.1 g 0.6 g 0.6 g 0.6 g

0.2 g 0.2 g 0.3 g 0.3 g 0.5 g 0.6 g 0.6 g 0.6 g

80 g 80 g 80 g 80 g 80 g 800 g 800 g 800 g

280x360 mm 280x360 mm 280x360 mm 280x360 mm 280x360 mm 280x360 mm 280x360 mm 280x360 mm

11130630 11130633 11130636 11130639 11130642 11130645 11130648 11130651

Guaranteed value

53

XS Precision Balances

High-Throughput Weighing Made Easy The XS precision balance line offers flexible solutions with clever a足 ccessories. A wide range of options is available to meet your requirements, whatever your application.

Simplify Your Daily Routine The alphanumerical touchpad on the balance display or the connection of a commercial keyboard allows quick sample identification.

Fast Cleaning Rounded edges, flat surfaces and no corners where sample substances can collect. The XS has a soil-resistant design which makes it easy to clean.

Magnetic Protection Avoid magnetic influences with the Magnetic Protection Shield weighing pan. Magnetic samples or a magnetic stirrer in your beaker can no longer affect the weight determination.

Wireless Printing For full traceability, print your results effortlessly with the 足Bluetooth wireless Printer BT-P42. Place the printer 足wherever you want with no cables to worry about.

High-Capacity Weighing Large platforms and robust 足construction enable high-capacity weighing.

XS32001L

54

XS Precision Balances

XS Precision Balances

Smartscreen display Monochrome Touchscreen with freely ­configurable user interface GWP® Excellence Integrated automatic safety functions for external routine testing FACT Fully automatic internal adjustment MonoBloc HighSpeed technology For peak weighing performance Reliability For smooth daily operation.

Built of solid metal, resistant to chemicals.

IP54 In-Use Protection against dust and splashes of water SmartTrac Graphically visualizes the remaining available capacity LabX PC software For electronic data management according to 21 CFR Part 11 Connectivity RS232 built-in, slot for second interface (7 options, incl. wireless Bluetooth and ­Ethernet)

XS8001S Additional Features: • MonoBlocHighSpeed technology • GWP® Excellence routine testing procedures • Protect settings with password • Different weighing units available, plus define your own custom units • Built-in applications: percent weighing, ­dynamic weighing, statistics, piece counting, formulation and density determination, factor calculation • Operation of the balance can be easily ­configured to accommodate harsh weighing conditions • Overload Protection • Removable terminal • Operates in different languages: EN, DE, FR, IT, ES, RU, JP, CN, CS, PL, HU • Easy connection to PC software

XP1003S

www.mt.com/xs-precision

with draft shield

XS Precision Balances

USP Min. Model Maximum capacity Readability Repeatability 2) Linearity Weight 1) Weighing pan Part No. XS203S 210g 1mg 0.9 mg 2 mg 1g 127x127 mm 11130153 XS403S 410g 1mg 0.9 mg 2 mg 1g 127x127 mm 11130156 XS603S 610g 1mg 0.9 mg 2 mg 1g 127x127 mm 11130159 120 g XS603S DeltaRange 610g 1mg/10 mg 1mg/6 mg 6 mg 1.2g 127x127 mm 11130162 XS1003S 1010g 1mg 0.8 mg 2 mg 0.8g 127x127 mm 11130165 XS802S 810g 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8g 170x205 mm 11130168 XS2002S 2100g 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8g 170x205 mm 11130171 XS4002S 4100g 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8g 170x205 mm 11130174 800 g XS4002S DeltaRange 4100g 10 mg/0.1g 8 mg/60 mg 60 mg 8g 170x205 mm 11130177 XS6002S 6100g 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8g 170x205 mm 11130180 1200 g XS6002S DeltaRange 6100g 10 mg/0.1g 8 mg/60 mg 60 mg 8g 170x205 mm 11130183 XS4001S 4100g 0.1g 80 mg 60 mg 80 g 190x223 mm 11130186 XS6001S 6100g 0.1g 80 mg 60 mg 80 g 190x223 mm 11130189 XS8001S 8100g 0.1g 80 mg 100 mg 80 g 190x223 mm 11130192 XS10001S 10100g 0.1g 80 mg 100 mg 80 g 190x223 mm 30006900 XS High-Capacity Precision Balances XS8001L XS16001L XS32001L XS32001L DeltaRange 6400 g XS16000L XS32000L

8100g 16100g 32100g 32100g 16100g 32100g

0.1g 0.08 g 120 g 80 g 280x360 mm 11130660 0.1g 0.08 g 120 g 80 g 280x360 mm 11130663 0.1g 0.08 g 120 g 80 g 280x360 mm 11130666 0.1g/1g 0.1g/0.6 g 120 g 80 g 280x360 mm 11130669 1g 0.6 g 1200 g 800 g 280x360 mm 11130672 1g 0.6 g 1200 g 800 g 280x360 mm 11130675

Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load 2) Guaranteed value 1)

All models available in verified versions.

55

Industry Weighing Solutions

Uncompromised Safety in Hazardous Areas XS Ex2 Balances enable efficient weighing in ATEX Zone 2 environments.

ErgoSens Freely placeable and individually configu­ rable, the ErgoSens enables hands-free operation of the ­balance.

Built for Hard Work The soil-resistant casing has easy to clean surfaces, while the robust construction offers ­complete overload protection.

Touchscreen Display Safe and simple opera­tion thanks to the c­ onvenient touchscreen display with graphical user interface.

with draft shield

XS Precision Balances Model Maximum capacity XS204SX 210 g XS603SX 610 g XS1003SX 1010 g 1000 g XS5003SX DeltaRange 5100 g XS4002SX 4100 g XS6002SX 6100 g XS4001SX 4100 g XS32001LX 32100 g XS64001LX 64100 g XS32000LX 32100 g XS64000LX 64100 g 2)

Readability 0.1 mg 1 mg 1 mg 1 mg/10 mg 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 1 g 1 g

Guaranteed value

All models also available in verified version.

Power supply for Ex Zone 2 (PS X2) has to be ordered separately. Part number: 11132730

56

Repeatability 2) 0.2 mg 0.9 mg 0.8 mg 1 mg/6 mg 8 mg 8 mg 80 mg 80 mg 100 mg 600 mg 600 mg

Linearity 0.2 mg 2 mg 2 mg 6 mg 20 mg 20 mg 60 mg 300 mg 500 mg 600 mg 600 mg

Weighing pan ∅ 90 mm 127x127 mm 127x127 mm 127x127 mm 170x205 mm 170x205 mm 190x223 mm 280x360 mm 280x360 mm 280x360 mm 280x360 mm

Part No. 11121620 11121626 11121632 11121638 11121644 11121650 11121656 11121704 11121710 11121716 11121722

Industry Weighing Solutions

Precise Weighing for Industry Workplaces X-platforms are ideal for precise ­weighing applications in industrial environments, including Ex Zone 2 environments.

S-Platform

Connect to an Industrial Terminal All the application functionality of an IND Terminal is available with an X-Platform.

L-Platform

with draft shield

www.mt.com/xs-ex-balances S-Platform USP Minimum Model Maximum capacity Readability Repeatability 2) Linearity Weight 1) X204S 210 g 0.1 mg 0.2 mg 0.2 mg 240 mg X404S 410 g 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.2 mg 120 mg 80 g 410 g 0.1 mg / 1 mg 0.06 mg 0.6 mg 1 mg X404S DeltaRange X203S 210 g 1 mg 0.9 mg 2 mg 1 g X603S 610 g 1 mg 0.9 mg 2 mg 1 g 120 g 610 g 1 mg / 10 mg 1 mg 10 mg 1.6 g X603S DeltaRange X1203S 1210 g 1 mg 0.8 mg 2 mg 0.8 g 500 g 2100 g 1 mg / 10 mg 1 mg 6 mg 1.2 g X2003S DeltaRange 1000 g 5100 g 1 mg / 10 mg 1 mg 6 mg 1.2 g X5003S DeltaRange X1202S 1210 g 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8 g X2002S 2100 g 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8 g X4002S 4100 g 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8 g X6002S 6100 g 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8 g 1200 g 6100 g 10 mg / 0.1 g 8 mg 60 mg 10 g X6002S DeltaRange X8002S 8100 g 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8 g X10002S 10100 g 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8 g 2000 g 10100 g 10 mg / 0.1 g 8 mg 50 mg 10 g X10002S DeltaRange X4001S 4100 g 0.1 g 80 mg 60 mg 80 g X6001S 6100 g 0.1 g 80 mg 60 mg 80 g X8001S 8100 g 0.1 g 80 mg 0.1 g 80 g X10001S 10100 g 0.1 g 80 mg 0.1 g 80 g

Part No. 11130055 11130079 11130085 11130008 11130014 11130046 11130062 11130091 11130097 11130073 11130043 11130109 11130112 11130115 11130209 11130212 11130215 11130146 11130149 11130226 11130229

L-Platform X16001L X32001L X64001L X32000L

80 g 80 g 80 g 800 g

11130603 11130606 11130612 11130618

240 mg 1g 0.8 g 80 mg 8 g 8 g 80 g 80 g 80 g

11121623 11121629 11121635 11121641 11121647 11121653 11121659 11121707 11121713

S-/L-Plaform Ex2 X204SX X603SX X1003SX X5003SX DeltaRange X4002SX X6002SX X4001SX X32001LX X64001LX 1) 2)

16100 g 32100 g 64100 g 32100 g

210 g 610 g 1010 g 80 g

5100 g 4100 g 6100 g 4100 g

0.1 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 1 g

0.08 g 0.08 g 0.1 g 0.6 g

0.2 g 0.3 g 0.5 g 0.6 g

0.1 mg 1 mg 1 mg 1 mg/10 mg 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.1 g 32100 g 0.1 g 64100 g 0.1 g

0.2 mg 0.9 mg 0.8 mg 1 mg 8 mg 8 mg 80 mg 80 mg 100 mg

0.2 mg 2 mg 2 mg 6 mg 20 mg 20 mg 60 mg 300 mg 500 mg

Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load Guaranteed value

All models available in verified versions.

57

MS-L Precision Balances

Relentless Performers For Heavy Duty Harsh working environments demand hard working ­balances. MS-L high capacity balances offer a w ­ inning combination of strong performance and extreme robustness, thanks to the chemical-resistant aluminum housing and Ingress Protection IP65 or IP54-in-use (depending on the model).

Durable and Robust The metal housing protects the weighing sensor from environmental influences and impacts.

For guaranteed consistency and precision year after year – even with intensive use in harsh environments.

Built-in Rechargeable Battery The built-in battery offers independence from power supply – ideal for the taking of an inventory in a warehouse, or wherever power supply is hard to find (MS-KLE and MS-KLIPE only).

58

MonoBloc and FACT The proven high-performance weighing cell MonoBloc guarantees long service life and extreme ruggedness. FACT automatically adjusts the balance using internal weights at specific times or whenever changes in temperature affect the accuracy of the weighing results (except MS-KLE and MS-KLIPE).

IP65 Protection The balance fulfils the Ingress Protection IP65 meaning: it is dust tight for complete protection against any solid matter; and can withstand jets of water projected by a nozzle from any direction (MS-KLIPE only).

The large weighing platform, battery ­operation and the application Piece Counting make the MS balances perfect for the taking of an inventory.

MS-L Precision Balances

MS-L Balances

Metal Housing Chemical resistant die-cast aluminum housing MonoBloc Proven weighing technology for fast and accurate results (only MS-L) FACT Fully automatic time- and temperature-­controlled internal adjustment (only MS-L) Connectivity RS232 to connect to PC, printer or bar code reader, USB to connect to PC (MS-KLIPE only RS232) Large Weighing Pan For comfortable weighing of bulky items Overload Protection Protects the weighing cell against excess weight overload SmartTrac Shows how much of the entire weighing range has been used Smart Key Programmable keys for shortcut access to preferred applications OIML Approved versions of all models available

MS32001L

Additional Features: • Applications: Piece Counting, Percent W ­ eighing, Check Weighing, Dynamic Weighing, Formulation, Statistics, Totaling, Free Factor, Recall, Density • 3 programmable SmartKeys in the keypad ­offer direct access to preferred applications • The built-in date and time function enables GLP/GMP compliant print outs of weighing ­results, ensuring full control and traceability of research • Quick and error-free data transfer: RS232 port for direct connection to PC, printer or bar code reader, USB port for connection to PC via standard USB cable ­(MS-KLIPE only RS232) • Easy communication in your language ­(English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Polish, Czech, and Hungarian, etc.)

www.mt.com/ms-precision

Models with MonoBloc weighing cell Model MS12001L MS16001L MS16001LE MS32001L MS32001LE MS32000L MS32000LE

Maximum capacity 12200 g 16200 g 16200 g 32200 g 32200 g 32200 g 32200 g

Readability 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 1g 1g

Repeatability 2) 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 1g 1g

Linearity 0.2 g 0.2 g 0.2 g 0.3 g 0.3 g 1g 1g

USP Minimum Weight 1) 140 g 140 g 140 g 140 g 140 g 1 kg 1 kg

Weighing pan (mm) 351 x 245 351 x 245 351 x 245 351 x 245 351 x 245 351 x 245 351 x 245

Part No. 11124573 11124576 11124671 11124588 11124683 11124701 11124704

Models with strain gauge weighing cell Model MS15KLE MS15KLIPE MS24KLIPE MS30KLE

Maximum capacity 15 kg 15 kg 24 kg 30 kg

Readability 2g 2g 2g 2g

Repeatability 2) 1g 1g 2g 2g

Linearity 2g 2g 2g 2g

Weighing pan (mm) 351 x 245 351 x 245 351 x 245 351 x 245

Part No. 11124713 11124734 11124740 11124722

Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load 2) Guaranteed value 1)

Models with E: Adjustment with an external weight Readability in approved version for MS-KLE and MS-KLIPE may vary. For more information, please consult www.mt.com.

59

MS Precision Balances

Strong Performers For Robust Reliability Whether you are carrying out a simple routine task or a complicated weighing procedure, MS precision balances offer a winning combination of strong performance and increased productivity. With the added advantage of proven MonoBloc weighing technology and FACT – fully automatic timeand temperature-controlled internal adjustment – you can be assured of fast settling times and consistently reliable results.

60

Robust Aluminum Housing The robust housing is made of high quality aluminum to protect the sensitive weighing sensor from environmental influences and impacts. Consistency and precision is guaranteed, year after year – even with intensive use.

Intuitive Operation The HCD (High Contrast Display) with big numbers, clear symbols and an intuitive menu enables users to operate the balance quickly and easily. And with threefreely programmable SmartKeys, routine tasks can be started at the touch of a button.

Easy Installation The adjustable feet and clearly visible level indicator are located at the front of the balance for easy leveling.

Up-to-date Data Transfer Quick and error-free data transfer: RS232 port for direct connection to PC, printer or bar code reader, USB port for connection to PC via standard USB cable.

Once Level, Always Level In addition to the adjustable feet at the front, the balance is equipped with LevelLock feet at the back, providing increased safety and anti-tilt capabilities.

MonoBloc Weighing Cell MonoBloc, the proven highperformance weighing cell developed by world leader in weighing technologies, METTLER TOLEDO, guarantees a long service life and extreme ruggedness.

MS Precision Balances

MS4002S 0.01 g without draft shield

MS-S Balances MS303S 1 mg with draft shield

Metal Housing Chemical resistant die-cast aluminum housing MonoBloc Proven weighing technology for fast and accurate results QuickLock Quick and comfortable ­dismantling of the draft shield Overload Protection Protects the weighing cell against excess weight overload FACT Fully automatic time- and temperaturecontrolled internal adjustment SmartTrac Shows how much of the entire weighing range has been used Protection of main balance configurations against manipulation Connectivity RS232 to connect to PC, printer or bar code reader; USB to connect to PC Diagnostics Easy running of balance diagnostics test e.g. keypad test, repeatability test Smart Key Programmable keys for shortcut ­access to preferred applications­ IP Protection IP54 in use Protective Cover Encloses the entire housing, protecting the balances from stains and scratches

Additional Features: • Applications: Piece Counting, Percent Weighing, Check Weighing, Dynamic Weighing, Statistics, Formulation, Totaling, Free Factor, Density, Recall • 3 programmable SmartKeys in the keypad offer direct access to preferred applications • The built-in date and time function enables GLP/GMP compliant print outs of weighing results, ensuring full control and traceability of research • Quick and error-free data transfer: RS232 port for direct connection to PC, printer or bar code reader, USB port for ­connection to PC via standard USB cable • Easy communication in your language ­(English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Polish, Czech, and Hungarian, etc.)

www.mt.com/ms-precision

Model table for MS precision balances 1 mg Model MS303S MS403S MS603S

Maximum capacity 320 g 420 g 620 g

MS1003S

1020 g

Dimensions (WxDxH)

Part No.

0.002 g

USP Min. Weight 1) 1.4 g

204x347x283

11124489

0.001 g

0.002 g

1.4 g

204x347x283

11124492

0.001 g

0.002 g

1.4 g

204x347x283

11124498

0.001 g

0.001 g

0.002 g

1.4 g

204x347x283

11124504

Readability

Repeatability 2)

Linearity

Dimensions (WxDxH)

Part No.

0.01 g

0.01 g

0.02 g

USP Min. Weight 1) 14 g

194x347x99

11124516

0.01 g

0.01 g

0.02 g

14 g

194x347x99

11124522

0.01 g

0.01 g

0.02 g

14 g

194x347x99

11124528

0.01 g

0.01 g

0.02 g

14 g

194x347x99

11124537

Readability

Repeatability 2)

Linearity

0.001 g

0.001 g

0.001 g 0.001 g

Model table for MS precision balances 0.01 g Model MS1602S MS3002S MS4002S MS6002S 1) 2)

Maximum capacity 1620 g 3200 g 4200 g 6200 g

Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load Guaranteed value

61

ML and ME Precision Balances

ML and ME Precision Balances The Efficient All-rounders Our ML and ME precision balances provide you with everything a basic balance needs: easy-read display, intuitive user interface, built-in applications and are very easy to clean. ML balances offer you a compact design and full portability to give you reliable and accurate results in the lab or out in the field. The straightforward ME balances are designed for easy and efficient operation.

ML Reliable, Durable, Portable

ME Easy, Efficient, Functional

ML4002 ML4002

The robust, high performance MonoBloc weighing cell gives you accurate results and ensures a long balance lifetime. Battery operation enables you to take your ML balance anywhere â&#x20AC;&#x201C; ideal for work in the field.

www.mt.com/ml-precision

62

ME4002

All the basic functionality you need in an easy to use balance to make your daily work fast and efficient. The solid construction means you can rely on accurate results for many years to come.

www.mt.com/me-precision

ML and ME Precision Balances ML Precision Balances Special Features +

+

Battery Operation Full independence from power s­ upply for 8 hours MonoBloc Proven weighing technology for fast and accurate results FACT Fully automatic time- and temperature-­ controlled internal adjustment.* Easy-to-use application programs

* Available from April 2014

ML and ME Precision Balances

Battery compartment takes 4AA batteries

General Features

Overload Protection Protects the weighing cell against excess weight overload

Internal Adjustment On demand, at a key press with an internal weight

Connectivity RS232 interface for connection to PC or printer. No additional software needed

External Adjustment On demand, at a key press with an external weight

Protection of main balance configurations against manipulation

Metal Construction Solid metal base and ­reinforced ­housing ensures robust performance

Protective Cover Encloses the entire housing protecting the balances from stains and scratches

ML Models ML203 ML203E ML303 ML303E ML503 ML802 ML802E* ML1502E* ML1602 ML3002 ML3002E ML4002 ML4002E ML6002 ML2001 ML4001 ML6001 ML6001E*

Maximum capacity 220 g 220 g 320 g 320 g 520 g 820 g 820 g 1520 g 1620 g

ME Models

Maximum capacity

ME103 ME103E ME203 ME203E ME303 ME303E ME403 ME403E ME1002 ME1002E ME2002 ME2002E ME3002 ME3002E ME4002 ME4002E

120 g 120 g 220 g 220 g 320 g 320 g 420 g 420 g 1200 g 1200 g

3200 g 3200 g 4200 g 4200 g 6200 g 2200 g 4200 g 6200 g 6200 g

2200 g 2200 g 3200 g 3200 g 4200 g 4200 g

Weighing pan (mm)

Readability 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.1 g

Repeatability 1) 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.1 g

Linearity 0.002 g 0.002 g 0.002 g 0.002 g 0.002 g 0.02 g 0.02 g 0.02 g 0.02 g 0.02 g 0.02 g 0.02 g 0.02 g 0.02 g 0.2 g 0.2 g 0.2 g 0.2 g

Readability

Repeatability 1)

Linearity

Weighing Pan (mm)

Part No.

0.001 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g

0.001 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g

0.002 g 0.002 g 0.002 g 0.002 g 0.002 g 0.002 g 0.002 g 0.002 g 0.02 g 0.02 g 0.02 g 0.02 g 0.02 g 0.02 g 0.02 g 0.02 g

Ø 120 Ø 120 Ø 120 Ø 120 Ø 120 Ø 120 Ø 120 Ø 120 180x180 180x180 180x180 180x180 180x180 180x180 180x180 180x180

30029087 30029098 30029086 30029097 30029085 30029096 30029084 30029095 30029109 30029122 30029108 30029121 30029107 30029120 30029106 30029119

∅ 120 ∅ 120 ∅ 120 ∅ 120 ∅ 120 170 x 190 ∅ 160 ∅ 160 170 x 190 170 x 190 170 x 190 170 x 190 170 x 190 170 x 190 170 x 190 170 x 190 170 x 190 ∅ 160

Part No. 11124809 11124815 11124818 11124824 11124836 11124860 11124863 11124875 11124872 11124884 11124887 11124890 11124893 11124896 11124902 11124914 11124926 11124929

* With Strain Gauge weighing cell 1) Guaranteed value Models with E: Adjustment with an external weight

63

Classic Light PL-S/PL-L

Entry Level Weighing Reduced to Essentials Classic Light PL-S and PL-L balances offer everything you need to obtain accurate results – without unnecessary ­features and extras.

Classic Light PL-S Two optional interfaces (RS232 and PS2) for connecting a printer and a second display; as well as 5 built-in applications make the PL-S your perfect choice if you need a bit more then just weighing, but you are on a tight budget.

Battery Operation The built-in battery slot for AA batteries offers independence from power supply – for 20 hours.

64

Recall Weight and Free Factor Recall the most recent stable value at the press of a key, or multiply your results with Free Factor (PL-S models only).

Low Price Reliable results and METTLER TOLEDO quality for smallest ­budgets.

Classic Light PL-S/PL-L

Classic Light PL-L The PL-L balance is the best entry balance: Handy and compact in design.

Classic Light Balances PL-S / PL-L Adjustment at a keystroke with an external weight

+

+

Battery Operation Full independence from power supply for 20 hours Display increment Faster weighing with reduced readability Below Weighing Hook for weighing below the balance Units Weighing results in different units: kg, g, mg, lb, oz, ozt, GN, dwt, mo, m, tl (according to country regulations) Applications Piece Counting, Percent Weighing, Dynamic Weighing*, Check Weighing*, Free F­ actor*, Recall (* PL-S models only)

Model PL83-S* PL202-S** PL602-S* PL802-S* PL1502-S* PL601-S* PL1501-S** PL3001-S** PL6001-S* PL8001-S* PL6000-S* PL202-L PL402-L PL602-L* PL601-L* PL1001-L PL2001-L PL4001-L PL6001-L* PL6000-L* 1)

Maximum capacity 81 g 210 g 610 g 810 g 1510 g 610 g 1510 g 3100 g

Transport Case Handy for field experiments: fits the balance, AC adapter, batteries and weights

RS-P25, RS-P26, RS-P28 Printer The fastest way to generate and archive weighing data results

www.mt.com/pl

6100 g

Readability 0.001g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 1g

Repeatability 1) 0.0008 g 0.008 g 0.008 g 0.008 g 0.01 g 0.08 g 0.08 g 0.08 g 0.08 g 0.08 g 0.08 g

Linearity 0.002 g 0.02 g 0.02 g 0.02 g 0.03 g 0.2 g 0.2 g 0.2 g 0.2 g 0.2 g 2g

6100 g 6100 g

0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 1g

0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 1g

0.02 g 0.03 g 0.03 g 0.2 g 0.2 g 0.2 g 0.2 g 0.2 g 2g

6100 g 8100 g

210 g 410 g 610 g 610 g 1100 g 2100 g 4100 g

Anti-theft device Steel cord with universal lock for securing the balance

Weighing pan (mm) ∅ 100 ∅ 120 ∅ 160 ∅ 160 ∅ 160 ∅ 160 ∅ 160 ∅ 160 ∅ 160 ∅ 160 ∅ 160

Part No. 12110070 12110000 12110040 12110101 12120050 12110010 12110020 12110090 12110060 12110111 12110030

∅ 120 ∅ 120 ∅ 120 ∅ 160 ∅ 160 ∅ 160 ∅ 160 ∅ 160 ∅ 160

12106440 12106445 12106450 12106455 12106460 12106465 12106470 12106475 12106480

Guaranteed value

* Available in approved version ** Available in approved version with 2d readability

65

One Click™ Weighing Solutions

One Click™ Weighing Solutions Efficient & Secure Workflows Connect your XPE/XP or XSE/XS balance to LabX software and benefit from full user guidance on the balance, your results printed in a personalized report, and all your calculations and documentation performed automatically.

Operators simply perform the weighing task and LabX takes care of all the rest. Our LabX ­Services offer a comprehensive range of support, including installation of LabX and development of your application.

Bring the Power of LabX to your Weighing Applications:

66

Design Tools Built-in design tools allow the complete development or custom­ization of individual ­application methods and ­reports.

Work at the Balance Users start each application with a One Click™ shortcut and carry out their tasks at the balance as usual. LabX provides full SOP guidance directly on the balance touchscreen.

Calculations and D ­ ocumentation LabX automatically performs all calculations and saves all results. Manual transcription of results is no longer required.

Instrument Management All tests and adjustments are fully managed by LabX so you can be sure your balance is ready for each weighing task.

Regulations and Compliance Built-in security features, e.g. user management options and the Audit Trail function, assist you to comply with the relevant regulations (­ including 21 CFR Part 11).

Integration LabX can be fully integrated with your existing information systems to allow error-free data transfer with LIMS, HPLC, Excel® etc.

One Click™ Weighing Solutions

Example Applications Whether you customize an application from our library or create a new one from scratch, the examples below show the type of benefits you can bring to any of your weighing applications. Our LabX specialists can develop your methods for you as part of our Service offering.

One Click™ Standard Preparation

One Click™ Loss on Drying

One Click™ Sieve Analysis

• One-step dosing • Fully labeled samples • Automatic calculations

• Simplified sample handling • Intelligent task management • Color Pass/Fail identification

• Auto sieve weighing • No manual transcription • Graphical reports

Typical Product Bundle XPE205 Analytical Balance LabX Software (Express Edition) ErgoClip Flask Label Printer Ethernet Option

Typical Product Bundle XPE204 Analytical Balance LabX Software (Express Edition) ErgoClip Round Bottom Flask Label Printer Barcode Reader Ethernet Option

Typical Product Bundle XP6002LDR Precision Balance LabX Software (Express Edition) Ethernet Option ErgoClip Sieve

LabX software LabX Express: for standalone systems with up to 3 balances LabX Server: each Server Edition connects up to 30 balances in a Client/Server network

11153120 11153121

Please see LabX on pages 16–19 for further details and licensing options.

LabX Services The carefully designed LabX Services range allows you to choose just the individual services you need to ­support you and your LabX system.

• App Development • Installation • Training

Please order the brochure for a full overview of LabX Services

• Validation • Integration • Support & Maintenance

Our Annual Checkup is highly recommended to keep your system up-to-date and functioning correctly. For more details please see the LabX Services for Excellence Balances brochure. www.mt.com/one-click-weighing 67

Service Agreements, Calibration Certificates

Maximize Uptime and Performance METTLER TOLEDO provides a comprehensive portfolio of services to protect the value of your weighing equipment.

Preventive maintenance limits costs associated with 足equipment downtime to a minimum, and helps ensure your 足balance is always ready for weighing. Accurate and 足reliable weighing results can only be achieved by calibrating your balance. All results are clearly represented in a calibration certificate.

Smooth Routine Operation Guaranteed Scheduled preventive maintenance and calibration performed by factory trained and authorized service technicians ensure smooth routine operation. You get maximized productivity, and achieve reliable weighing 足accuracy.

68

Measurement Uncertainty for Trustworthy Results As the quantitative indication of the quality of the result, measurement uncertainty as expressed in a calibration certificate is of highest importance. Documented uncertainty of calibration results gives confidence in the validity of weighing processes.

Minimum Weight to Stay on the Safe Side of Weighing With decreasing sample size, measurement uncertainty of a balance increases. To ensure reliable weighing accuracy, it is essential to know the smallest weight which can be safely weighed. Its nominal value is specified in a Minimum Weight Certificate.

Your Benefits Uptime

Performance

Full budget control through periodically scheduled maintenance Increased life expectancy of assets Avoid costly disruptions of processes Improved process output and less waste Increased operator safety Traceable test weights used by technicians lead to traceable weighing results Measurement uncertainty guarantees that process tolerances are met Minimum weight determination ensures consistently accurate weighing results

Preventive Maintenance and Calibration Proactively planned preventive maintenance is often one of the largest controllable ­operating costs â&#x20AC;&#x201C; money well invested to eliminate premature equipment replacement.

Preventive maintenance, including calibration, leads to accurate, reliable and consistent results. A most cost-effective way to avoid waste, rework, or even product recalls.

www.mt.com/service

69

Regulatory Compliance

Profound Know-how To Ensure Regulatory Compliance Pharmaceutical, biotechnology, chemical, and food & beverage companies must meet an increasing number of equipment qualification requirements.

METTLER TOLEDO has designed IPacs and EQ-Pacs to satisfy the qualification demands of regulatory authorities such as the FDA for all weighing instruments in use in R&D and quality control.

Your Benefits Compliance

Expertise

Eliminated or reduced risk of non-compliance during regulatory audits Improved operation efficiency through quick installation and start up Specified quality of products and reduced liability during routine operation Reduced operator error through improved adherence to SOPs Professional risk management, no warning letters or fines ensures credibility and competitive advantage

IQ – Installation Qualification A professionally documented installation by an authorized service technician makes your weighing equipment available immediately.

70

OQ – Operational Qualification Get accurate results from the first weighing by ensuring that equipment will function according to its operational specifications in the selected environment.

PQ – Performance Qualification User SOPs are set up to make sure that your instrument consistently performs according to specifications appropriate for its routine operation.

Regulatory Compliance

Rely on our effective solutions for Regulatory Compliance Regulatory compliance has become a prevalent business concern since corporations are ­facing ever-tighter regulation of processes and management of weighing equipment.

Through its Qualification Pacs, METTLER TOLEDO offers practical and effective ways to integrate governance policies, allowing you to manage compliance on a local or global scale.

Our compliance experts have the technology, infrastructure and regulatory knowledge to guide you throughout the equipment life cycle, from initial risk assessment to installation, calibration, setting performance criteria and defining requalification activities.

EQ-Pac* Starter-Pac Quality-Pac Pharma-Pac Moisture-Pac

for Balances for Balances for Balances

DQ (Design Qualification)

•

Support of design and vendor qualification

IQ (Installation Qualification)

• • • • Conforms with FDA standards • •

•

Perform and document equipment installation

OQ (Operational Qualification)

• • • • • • Calibration documented in certificate • •

• • •

Initial calibration according to manufacturer specifications Equipment familiarization of users

• • •

PQ (Performance Qualification)

• • Log authorized users • •

• •

Support user in setting up SOP

• • •

Consultation regarding re-qualification Consultation regarding periodic maintenance Consultation regarding purchase of weights

• Included

• •

* EQ-Pac = Equipment Qualification Pac

IPacs and EQ-Pacs for Laboratory Products Qualification Packages Product Types

Order No. German

English

French

Spanish

Italian

Starter-Pac

All LabTec balances

11795472

11795485

11795520

11795532

11795544

Quality-Pac

All LabTec balances

11795477

11795490

11795523

11795535

11795547

Pharma-Pac

All LabTec balances

11795481

11795494

11795526

11795538

11795550

EQ-Pac

All LabTec balances

11793003

11793004

11793005

11793006

11793007

Quantos Powder Dispensing System

11793309

11793310

11793311

–

–

Moisture-Pac

All moisture analyzers

11795514

11795517

11795529

11795541

11795553

MCP-Pac

Multichannel Pipette Calibration Systems

–

11793020

–

–

–

71

Applications Accessories Make your life easier

72

and

Density Determination AntiStatic Kits Filter Weighing Solutions Pipette Calibration Systems Weighing Tables Printers Balance Accessories General Accessories Weights CarePacs®

Page 74 75 76 – 77 78 – 79 80 81 82 – 88 89 90 – 96 97

73

Density Determination

Density Determination Truly Efficient Optional Density Kits allow precise density determination of solid, liquid, porous and pasty substances.

XP404S MS105

Automatic Calculations

The built-in density determination application guides you step-by-step through the procedure. It collects the density values, calculates the results and allows statistical evaluation of the measurement series. www.mt.com/density-determination

Accessories for density determination with balances Balance XP/XS Precision XPE/XSE Analytical MS MS-S ML ME Sinker

Calibrated thermometer

74

Description Density Kit for 1 mg and 0.1 mg Precision Balance models Density Kit for XPE/ XSE Analytical Balances Density Kit MS universal Density Kit MS-S universal Density Kit ML universal Density Kit ME-DNY-4 (0.1 mg models) For density determination of liquids in conjunction with Density Kit 11106706, 11132680, 30004077, 11142143 or 11142144 Calibrated (sinker + certificate) Recalibrated (new certificate) Calibrated thermometer with certificate

Part No. 11132680 11106706 30004077 11142143 11142144 30029886 00210260 00210672 00210674 11132685

AntiStatic Kits

AntiStatic Kits Discharge Your Samples in Seconds Static-free Weighing The perfect companion to StaticDetectâ&#x201E;˘, an AntiStatic Kit ensures a complete weighing solution with detection and elimination of electrostatic charges in one simple solution. Electrostatic charges can no longer influence your weighing result.

XPE205 with integrated AntiStatic Kit

AntiStatic Kits Compact AntiStatic Kit

Universal AntiStatic Kit

Description Built-in Compact Antistatic Kit for XP, XPE and XSE analytical balances* Universal AntiStatic Kit including U-Electrode large and Universal Power Supply

Part No. 30090337 11107767

Single AntiStatic Components**

Point Electrode

U-Electrode large

Description Built-in Compact Antistatic Kit for XP, XPE and XSE analytical balances* Optional U-Electrode large Optional U-Electrode small Power Supply with auto on/off activation (XP only) (not compatible with 30090337) Universal Power Supply (not compatible with 30090337)

U-Electrode small Part No. 30090337 11107764 11140161 11107763 11107766

* Uses balance power supply. For 2 kits, order one additional balance power supply (11107909, plus country-specific cable) ** For individual setup of antistatic solution

www.mt.com/lab-antistatic 75

Filter Weighing Solutions

State-of-the-Art Solutions Filter Weighing METTLER TOLEDO has developed a comprehensive range of accessories for demanding applications. From AntiStatic and Filter Weighing Kits to intelligent Filter Robots – the XPE line offers innovative solutions guaranteeing accuracy down to 0.1 μg and compliance with all US and EU norms.

Easy to Assemble Environmental Monitoring The Filter Kit fits onto all METTLER TOLEDO XPE analytical balances and is ideal for efficient routine work with filters up to 110 mm in diameter.

Model Filter sizes Filter Kit for XPE Analytical Balances < ∅ 110 mm ErgoClip Filter Holder < ∅ 110–150 mm

Balance system Resolution

Typical repeatability

XPE205 (DR) XPE205 (DR)

0.03 mg 0.03 mg

0.01 mg 0.01 mg

Part No. 11140000 11140185

Within seconds you can upgrade your XPE analytical balance into the perfect filter weighing ­solution.

High Precision Filter Weighing Emissions Determination With its cutting-edge performance, the XP Ultra Microbalance equipped with a Filter Kit determines particulate matter on filters weighing as little as 0.1 µg.

Model Filter ∅ Filter Kit for XP Microbalances 30 –70 mm

76

Balance system Resolution XP2U/XP6 0.1 µg/1 µg

Typical repeatability 0.2 µg/0.6 µg

Part No. 11122136

The weighing pan’s innovative design enables easy placement of the filter in the ideal position.

Choose between two sizes of pans: ∅ 47 mm and ∅ 70 mm.

Filter Weighing Solutions

Robotic Filter Weighing F-Line Filter Robots guarantee cutting-edge weighing performance of 47 and 70 mm filters with readability down to 0.1 μg. The Filter Robots make emission and immission laboratories reach norms with minimal ­effort and maximum accuracy and throughput.

F-A747 and F-A770

Outstanding Accuracy The specially designed detached weighing frame eliminates robot vibrations on the balance. This allows outstanding measurement performance with a resolution of up to 61 million points.

Smart Filter Handling The innovative filter holder ­allows acclimatization, storage, transport and weighing all in one, without interruption or ­removal of the filter.

Safe Data Management The FilterControl software facilitates filter coding with its barcode scanner and enables data integration with your existing software system.

Model

Positions

Filter ∅

High Throughput The automated process speeds up the weighing time to 90 filters in just 90 minutes while keeping the acclimatization time constant.

Please order the Filter Weighing brochures.

www.mt.com/filter

Balance system

Resolution

Typical repeatability

Part No.

F-A747

90

47 mm

XP2U

0.1 μg

0.15 μg

11116990

F-A770

80

47, 70 mm

XP2U

0.1 μg

0.15 μg

30014370

77

Liquid Handling Calibration Devices

Pipette Calibration Systems Reliable and Fast METTLER TOLEDO is the partner of choice for successful ­pipette calibration laboratories by focusing on productivity with a comprehensive range of efficient, compact and ergonomic solutions for single and multichannel pipette calibration.

Model XP26PC MCP1-S MCP2 MCP5

Minimal Nominal Volume ≥ 1 µl > 10 µl > 10 µl > 10 µl

Number of Channels 1 1 to 12 1 to 12 1 to 12

XP26PC

High-Speed Micropipette ­Calibration The built-in evaporation trap reduces environmental errors to a minimum. Simply passing the pipette through a light beam triggers hands-free lid opening, making pipette calibration 3 times faster than with conventional balances.

78

Readability 0.001 mg 0.01 mg 0.01 mg 0.01 mg

Evaporation Trap Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in

Part No. 11106021 11138007 2x 11138001 5x 11138001

MCP1-S

Productivity at its Best MCP1-S is the ideal solution for simple and cost effective pipette calibration. It checks all channels of a multichannel pipette in a single step, saving time, costs and reducing errors.

Liquid Handling Calibration Devices

Calibry Pipette Calibration Software Intuitive and powerful – for efficient data management Calibry software guarantees full compliance with ISO 8655 and trace­ ability according to FDA 21 CFR Part 11. It guides the user step by step through the calibration process and is capable of reading and writing information to RFID enabled Rainin pipettes.

Calibry Versions

Part No.

Calibry Light Calibry Single Workstation Calibry Network

11138423 11138419 11138420

Boost performance – choose the right accessories.

Exhaust pump Evaporation traps Weighing table

Transportation case

Invest over Time System modularity allows users to address today’s workload with the right instruments while offering the possibility to extend system capacity as their calibration business grows.

Name Four channel pump Single channel kit (6/20 ml) Single channel kit (100 ml) XP26PC MCP2 MCP5 XP26PC

Suitable Accessories Transport cases are perfect for on-site calibration. Vibration free weighing tables ensure a stable and fast weighing process in your lab.

Part No. 11138252 11138006 11138008 11138041 11138040 11138043 11106997

ISO 8655 Compliant Each component meets the ISO 8655 regulation, e­ nsuring ­highest data accuracy and ­compliance.

www.mt.com/pipcal 79

Accessories Weighing

Tables

Professional Weighing Tables Ergonomic and Efficient A range of METTLER TOLEDO Weighing Tables are available to provide an ergonomic working area for every type of balance and pipette calibration equipment. Adjustable height and supporting elbow cushions relieve the stress caused by repetitive movements, improving operating convenience and work efficiency. The balance sits on a separate inner table to give faster stabilization times and more ­reliable results.

A weighing table for every task

Working Ergonomically The height of the outer table can be adjusted to suit the user allowing the neck and back muscles to relax. The elbow cushions protect the userâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s arms during repetitive activities.

Low-vibration Table Each Weighing Table consists of two decoupled tables. The outer working table absorbs impacts, while the balance on the inner table remains undisturbed. These versatile weighing tables are adaptable to every type of balance.

Technical data Type Article No

Weighing Table XP26PC 11138041 Weighing Table Analytical/Micro 11138042 Weighing Table Micro/Ultra Micro 11138044 Weighing Table MCP2 11138040 Weighing Table MCP5 11138043

80

Width Depth Height (mm) (mm) (mm) 760 803 784 760 803 784 760 803 784 760 803 784 1380 1380 760

Accessories Printers

Laboratory Printers For Quality Documentation Thermal Printers P-50 Line

Compact Printers P-20 Line

The P50 printers are universal printers suitable for documenting results and for printing labels and are fully compatible with ­balances, titrators, moisture analyzers, pH meters and more…

The P-20 line are dot-matrix printers suitable for use with all instruments with an RS232 port: selected titrators, Karl Fischer titrators, density- and refractometers, and thermal analysis ­instruments.

These inkless thermal direct printers generate extremely fast and high quality printouts without any noise or vibration. You can fully document all your weighing and testing data (e.g. barcodes, expiry date, ID etc.) on standard strip paper, easy-peel self-adhesive labels or continuous self-adhesive paper.

The P-56 is suitable for simple printouts and for all instruments with embedded applications. The P-58 offers several integrated applications such as time and date, statistics, totaling, formulation and labeling.

General Information Printing technology Print speed Paper roll slot Interface Size in mm Compatibility

Thermal direct 101 mm/s Standard paper 58mm (W), max ∅ 60mm RS232, USB, Ethernet, optional BT 130x88x220 Please check the manual or online at www.mt.com/lab-printers

Print application Auto setting detection Built-in real-time clock Alphanumeric sample ID entry Barcode generation Applications: Statistics, Totaling Formulation Labeling with IDs and barcodes Connector for optional PowerPac Part No.

P-56RUE x x x

x 30094673

Accessories for P-50 printers Thermal paper roll, up to 25 years durability. 10pcs Peel-off self-adhesive labels, up to 10 years durability.

Dimensions: 58mm, ∅ 50mm. 10 pcs Peel-off self-adhesive labels, up to 10 years durability.

Label dimensions: 54mm x 18mm. 6pcs Bluetooth adapter, pair

P-58RUE x x x x x x x x x 30094674 Part No. 30094723 30094724 30094725 30086495

DirectLabel PC software for customizing labels → Download from www.mt.com/lab-printers

Avoid transcription errors and create printouts that meet GxP quality standards. Whether on normal or self-adhesive paper, the archived printouts provide full traceability of your weighing and testing data.

The RS-P25 / USB-P25 are ideal for simple printouts. The RS-P26 has integrated time and date functions, and the RS-P28 offers extended statistics and totalization.

RS-P25

USB-P25

RS-P26

RS-P28

Print application • • • • Auto settings detection • • • • Print in Chinese, • • • • Japanese Built-in real-time clock • • Zero/Tare key • • Statistic application • Totalization application • Size in mm 120 x 203 x 73 Speed 2,3 line/seconds Check in the manual or on Compatibility www.mt.com/lab-printers 11124300 11124301 11124303 11124304 Part No. Accessories for P-20 printers Paper roll, set of 5 Paper roll, self-adhesive Ribbon cartridge black, set of 2 Extension cable LC

Part No. 00072456 11600388 00065975 00229161

Accessories for all printers Part No. RS9-RS9 cable (standard with LC-P45, RS-P42) 11101051 RS9 F/F cable 51190362 USB cable 1m 12130716 USB cable 1.8 m 51191926 BTS option single point – Bluetooth interface, needed with BT-P42 11132535 BT option multi point – Bluetooth interface, needed with BT-P42 11132530 Anti-theft steel cord with lock 11600361 For more information about these and other cables turn to «General Accessories».

81

XP, XSE, XS, XA Balances

XPE26/XPE56 Microbalances

XPE Analytical Balances

XSE Analytical Balances

XA Analytical Balances

XP Precision Balances S/L-Platform

Description

XP/XS Ultra Micro- and Microbalances

Accessories XPE, XP, XSE, XS, XA Balances

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

11124300

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

11124301

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

30090337 11107767 11107764 11140161 11107763

– x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

– x x x

– x x x

– x x x

x**

x

x

x

–

–

–

11107766

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

30078900 30078901 30101517 30101518

– –

x –

x x

x x

– –

– –

– –

30078848 11107879 11107889 11107869 11140175 11140253

– – – – –

x x x x x

– – – – –

– – – – –

– – – – –

– – – – –

– – – – –

–

x

–

–

–

–

–

– – – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – –

x x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x x

– – – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – –

–

–

x

x

x

–

–

30005760 30039096

– –

– –

– –

– –

– –

x (L) x(S)

x (L) X(S)

11122136 00211227 11140000 11140185 11122131

x** x – – x

– – – – x

– – x x x

– – x x x

– – – x x

– – – – –

– – – – –

Part No.

XS/XA Precision Balances S/L-Platform

Accessories XPE,

Printers

P-58RUE

RS-P26

P-58RUE thermal label printer with RS232, USB and Ethernet interfaces and functions: Print, Statistics, Formulation, Totaling, Label Printing

30094674

P-56RUE thermal label printer with RS232, USB and Ethernet interfaces and functions: Print, Label Printing***

30094673

RS-P28 compact printer with RS232C interface and functions: Print, Zero, Date/Time, Feed, Statistics & Totaling

11124304

RS-P26 compact printer with RS232C interface and functions: Print, Zero, Date/Time, Feed

11124303

RS-P25 compact printer with RS232C interface and functions: Print USB-P25 compact printer with USB interface and functions: Print

AntiStatic Solutions Compact Antistatic Kit, removes electrostatic charge from container & sample Universal AntiStatic Kit, incl. U-Electrode large and Universal Power Supply U-Electrode large (can be used with 11107763 or 11107766) U-Electrode small (can be used with 11107763 or 11107766) XP Power Supply, automated switch on/off, synchronized with balance door opening Universal Power Supply

RFID Accessories EasyScan™ for Pipettes SmartSample for Titration Smart Tag RFID Labels, 50pcs Smart Tag RFID Labels, 100pcs

ErgoClips ErgoClip Tube micro ErgoClip Flask micro ErgoClip Basket micro MinWeigh Door micro Stand for ErgoClips micro ErgoClips Solution Kit micro (ErgoClip Basket micro, ErgoClip Flask micro, ErgoClip Tube without holder, MinWeigh Door micro, stand, various tare containers, micro spatula, tweezers) ErgoClip Weighing Boat ErgoClip Titration Basket ErgoClip Basket small ErgoClip Round-Bottom Flask ErgoClip Flask ErgoClip Flask small ErgoClip Tube ErgoClip Syringe MinWeigh Door Stand for ErgoClips Set of ErgoClips for different weighing containers (ErgoClip Round-Bottom Flask, ErgoClip Weighing Boat and ErgoClip Basket small; 20 weighing boats; 10 single-use aluminum pans) ErgoClip Sieve 450 for Precision Balances L-Platform ErgoClip Sieve S-Platform

11106748 11106883 11106747 11106746 11106764 11140180 11106784 30008288 11106749 11140170 11106707

Filter Weighing Solutions Filter Kit for XP Micro- and Ultra Microbalances, filter ∅ max. 70 mm Filter Kit for XP/XS Micro- and Ultra Microbalances, filter ∅ max. 110 mm Filter Kit for XPE Analytical Balances, filter ∅ max. 110 mm ErgoClip Filter Holder for Analytical Balances, filter ∅ max. 150 mm Filter Tweezers * = XS only, ** = XP only, *** = possible only from host device, e.g. PC

82

XPE26/XPE56 Microbalances

XPE Analytical Balances

XSE Analytical Balances

XA Analytical Balances

XP Precision Balances S/L-Platform

XS/XA Precision Balances S/L-Platform

Description

XP, XSE, XS, XA Balances

XP/XS Ultra Micro- and Microbalances

Accessories XPE,

30005906 30008317 30008318

– – –

– – –

x x x

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

30008618 30015313 30015312 11141253

–

–

x

–

–

–

–

–

–

x

–

–

–

–

11140041 11140043 11138440 11138010 11138009 11600616 11138268 11132685 11600086 11106997 11140044 30064832 30066234 30091827 30066238 11138252 11138253

– – –

x – –

– x x

– x x

– x x

– – –

– – –

11138423 11138419 11138420 30007342 30007340 30007341 11780959 30007309

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

11153120 11153121 11153220 11153221 11153117 11153102 11153103 11153104 11153105 11153106 11153107

x x x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x x x

– – – – – – – – – – –

x x x x x x x x x x x

x* x* x* x* x* x* x* x* x* x* x*

Part No.

Quantos Upgrades for Analytical Balances Quantos Q2 Powder Dosing Kit QL2 Dosing Unit: Pump module with cables for connection to a QB5 QLL1000: 1000 ml pressure tight bottle (DIN GL45 thread) with liquid dosing head QLX45 QSE2 Safety Enclosure (110V) QSE2 Safety Enclosure (230V) EQPac QSE2 Safety Enclosure The following additional items are needed for operation: – NetCom-Kit (Ethernet to 4x RS232 Serial) – Ethernet Option – EQPac Quantos

11141832 11132515 11141040

Pipette Calibration Evaporation Trap for XPE56 / XPE26 Microbalances (10 ml) Evaporation Trap for Analytical Balances (6/20 ml) Large Evaporation Trap for Analytical Balances (100 ml) Evaporation Trap for WXT Balances (6/20 ml) Large Evaporation Trap for WXT Balances (100 ml) Reagent Reservoirs RV-L25, set of 5x5 reservoirs Exhaust Pump, 1 channel Calibrated Thermometer (with certificate) Barometer Transport Case for XP26PC Calibration Kit XP26PC Evaporation Trap (100 ml) for MCP105-E Evaporation Trap (6/20 ml) for MCP105-E USB Hub Transport Case for MCP105-E Exhaust Pump, 4-channel Glass tubes (set of 5)

Calibry PC-Software Calibry Light, full version Calibry Single Workstation, full version Calibry Network, full version Calibry Light, update Calibry Single Workstation, update Calibry Network, update Calibry Validation Handbook RFID Power User Licence: Write information via Calibry on the RFID tag

One Click™ Weighing Solutions LabX Balance Express Starter Pack LabX Balance Server Starter Pack LabX 1 Balance License LabX 5 Balances Licenses LabX Express to Server Sidegrade LabX Option User Management LabX Option Product Database LabX Option Regulation LabX Option Auto Import/Export LabX Option Report Designer LabX Option System Integration * = XS only

83

Accessories XPE,

XP, XSE, XS, XA Balances

Part No.

XPE Analytical Balances

XSE Analytical Balances

XA Analytical Balances

XP Precision Balances S/L-Platform

XS/XA Precision Balances S/L-Platform

One Click™ Weighing Solutions LabX Validation Manual 1 LabX Validation Manual 2 Starter Pack Balance LabX Validation Manual 2 Chapter Balance

XPE26/XPE56 Microbalances

Description

XP/XS Ultra Micro- and Microbalances

Accessories XPE, XP, XSE, XS, XA Balances

30003640 30003619 30003641

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

– – –

x x x

x* x* x*

11106706 11132680 11132685 00210260 00210672

– –

– –

x –

x –

x –

– x (S)

– x (S)

11131651 11131652

– –

– –

– –

– –

– –

x (S) x (S)

x (S) x (S)

11131650 11131653

– –

– –

– –

– –

– –

x (S) x (S)

x (S) x (S)

11116043

x

–

–

–

–

–

11134430

–

–

–

–

–

x (S)

11134470

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

11132555 00224200 11132630

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

11132636

–

–

–

–

–

x (S)

x (S)

11132653

–

–

–

–

–

x (L)

x (L)

11106730 11132665

– x

– –

– –

– –

x x

– x

– x

11600517

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

11132601

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

11106741 00229060 00229220

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x* x*

30035828 30035839 30038799

– – x

x – –

x – –

x – –

x – –

– x (S) –

Density Determination Density Kit for Analytical Balances Density Kit for Precision Balances, 0.1 mg and 1 mg models Calibrated Thermometer (with certificate) Sinker 10 ml for density determination of liquids Sinker 10 ml for density determination of liquids (with certificate)

Draft Shields Pro Draft Shield, for 0.1 mg and 1 mg models (standard for XP), H: 248 mm Pro Draft Shield glass free (food industry) for 0.1 mg and 1 mg models, H: 248 mm MagicCube Draft Shield, 1 mg models, H: 175 mm Simple Draft Shield, for 10 mg models and 0.1 mg models (weighing pan 11132660 needed), H: 175 mm W5 Draft Shield, for entire Microbalances, WxDxH (inside): 200 x447x 200 mm W12 Draft Shield, for entire Precision Balances, WxDxH (inside): 300 x 450 x 450 mm W64 Draft Shield, for entire balances, WxDxH (inside): 550 x470 x 580 mm

– x (S)

Auxiliary Displays (backlit LCD) BT-BLD Bluetooth display for table or wall mounting. Wireless connection.

RS/LC-BLD display for table mounting.

RS/LC-BLDS display on stand, for table or balance mounting.

Stands and Wall Mountings Terminal stand for placement of the terminal 30 cm above weighing pan, balances with S-Platform Terminal stand for placement of the terminal 30 cm above weighing pan, balances with L-Platform Terminal and printer stand for Microbalances and Analytical Balances Terminal wall mounting, incl. terminal extension cable, 1.8 m

Terminal Cable Terminal extension cable, 4.5 m

Optical Sensor ErgoSens, optical infrared sensor for hands-free operation.

Connection via Aux 1, Aux 2.

Foot Switches Foot Switch with selectable balance functions. Connection via Aux 1, Aux 2 LC Foot Switch selectable balance functions. Connection via LocalCAN. LC-Switchbox, for connection of up to 3 balances with LocalCAN interface to a printer

Dust Cover Dust Cover Analytical Balances Dust Cover Precision Balances Dust Cover Micro Balances * = XS only

84

– x (S) –

XPE26/XPE56 Microbalances

XPE Analytical Balances

XSE Analytical Balances

XA Analytical Balances

XP Precision Balances S/L-Platform

XS/XA Precision Balances S/L-Platform

Description

XP, XSE, XS, XA Balances

XP/XS Ultra Micro- and Microbalances

Accessories XPE,

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x*

x*

x

x

x

x

x*

x

x*

30064493 30064490

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

11106711 11106709 11106262 11132626

– – – –

– – x –

x x – –

x x – –

x x – –

– – – x (S)

– – – x (S)

11132625

–

–

–

–

–

x (S)

x (S)

11132660

–

–

–

–

–

x (S)

x (S)

11132655

–

–

–

–

–

x (S)

x (S)

30038741

–

–

x

x

x

–

–

11132530 11132535 11132500 11132515 11132520

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x* x*

x x x x x

x x x x* x*

11132505 11132510

x x

x x

x x

x x

x* x*

x x

x* x*

11103691

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Part No.

Barcode Readers RS232 Barcode Reader – cordless The following items are needed for operation (not incl. in 21901299): – Cradle – Power supply kit 12V EU – Power supply kit 12V UK – Power supply kit 12V US – Power supply kit 12V AUS

21901299

21901300 21901373 21901374 21901375 21901373 +71209966 – Same RS232 F cable and Null modem adaptor as for RS232 barcode reader 21901305 RS232 Barcode Reader 21901297 The following items are needed for operation (not incl. in 21901297): – RS232 F cable 21901305 – Null modem adaptor 21900924 plus 1 of the following: – Power supply kit 5V EU 21901370 – Power supply kit 5V UK 21901371 – Power supply kit 5V US 21901372 – Power supply kit 5V AUS 21901370 +71209966 PS/2 Barcode Reader 21901297 For operation, the following is required (not included in 21901297): – PS/2 wedge single cable 21901307 PS/2Y Barcode Reader 21901297 For operation, the following is required (not incl. in 21901297): – PS/2 wedge twin (Y) cable 21901308

Spatula Spatula Set Analytical Spatula Set Micro

Weighing Pans Single-use aluminum weighing pans (10 units) SmartGrid Cover SmartGrid Cover micro MPS (Magnetic Protection Shield) weighing pan for 10 mg models ­S-Platform, 170x205 mm MPS (Magnetic Protection Shield) weighing pan for 0.1 g and 1 g models ­S-Platform, 190x223 mm Weighing pan, incl. pan support and ring seal, for 10 mg, 0.1 g or 1 g models ­S-Platform, 170x205 mm (standard for 10 mg models) Weighing pan, incl. pan support, for 10 mg, 0.1 g or 1 g models S-Platform, 190 x223 mm (standard for 0.1 g models) Grey drip tray for Analytical Balances

Optional Interfaces BT option: Bluetooth interface, multipoint connection of up to 6 BT devices BTS option: Bluetooth interface, single-point connection RS232 option: interface for connection of a printer, computer or titrator Ethernet option: Ethernet interface for connection to Ethernet network PS/2 option: interface for connecting commercial keyboards and barcode readers LocalCAN option: interface for connection of up to 5 LocalCAN (LC) instruments MiniMettler option: MiniMettler second interface, for connection to older (legacy) systems RS-USB converter cable * = XS only

85

XPE26/XPE56 Microbalances

XPE Analytical Balances

XSE Analytical Balances

XA Analytical Balances

XP Precision Balances S/L-Platform

XS/XA Precision Balances S/L-Platform

XP, XSE, XS, XA Balances XP/XS Ultra Micro- and Microbalances

Accessories XPE,

Protective cover for XP terminal

11132570

x

–

–

–

–

x

–

Protective cover for XPE/XSE terminal

30059776

–

–

x

x

–

–

–

Protective cover for XS/XA terminal

11106870

x*

–

–

–

x

–

x (S)

Protective cover for XS/XA terminal, Precision Balances with L-Platform

11132573

–

–

–

–

–

–

x (L)

Protective cover for S-Platform, 10 mg and 0.1 g models (covers platform)

11133034

–

–

–

–

–

x (S)

x (S)

Protective cover for XS/XA Precision Balances with S-Platform, 10 mg and 0.1 g models (covers platform and terminal)

11132571

–

–

–

–

–

–

x (S)

IP54 cover for AC adapter, protects against dust and splashing (IP54)

11132550

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

11600361

–

x

x

x

x

x

x

Accessories XPE, XP, XSE, XS, XA Balances Description

Part No.

Protective Covers

Anti-Theft Device Steel cord with T-bar mechanism and lock

Transport Cases Transport case for Micro- and Ultra Microbalances

11122760

x

–

–

–

–

–

–

Transport case for XP Microbalances

11106729

–

x

–

–

–

–

–

Transport case for Analytical Balances

11106869

–

–

x

x

x

–

–

Transport case for Precision Balances with S-Platform, 10 mg and 0.1 g models, with space for printer

11132595

–

–

–

–

–

x (S)

SQC-XP software package

21901277

–

–

–

–

–

x

–

SQC14 Printer for control of up to 16 articles

00236210

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

SQC14 Printer for control of up to 60 articles

00236211

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

LV11 small items transporter for automatic balance feeding

21900608

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

LV11 Draft Shield Door

11106715

–

x

x

x

x

–

–

LV11 Pro Draft Shield Door for 0.1 mg and 1 mg models

11132711

–

–

–

–

–

x (S)

00211220

x

–

–

–

–

–

–

11132657

–

–

–

–

–

x

x

XPE SE-Kit, separate electronics kit for XP Analytical Balances

11106743

–

–

x

x

–

–

–

SE-Kit extension cable 0.6 m

00211535

–

–

x

x

–

–

–

SE-Kit extension cable 5.0 m

00210688

–

–

x

x

–

–

–

11132565

–

–

–

–

–

x (L)

x (L)

11106895

x*

incl.

incl.

incl.

x

incl.

x

30061260

–

–

x

x

x

–

–

x (S)

Filling Process Control

x (S)

Funnel Set Funnel Set for XP/XS Balances

Dynamic Weighing Kit Dynamic Weighing Kit, 4 liter vessel, for 10 mg and 0.1 g S-Platform models and all L-Platform models

SE-Kit

Hook for weighing below the balance Below-the-balance weighing device for Precision Balances with L-Platform (integrated in balance models with S-Platforms)

Production Certificate Production Certificate “Pro” for XS/XA Balances

Consumables SmartPrep Weighing Funnel , 50pcs * = XS only

SmartPrep single-use, antistatic funnels ­provide a safe and fast method for ­weighing-in powders.

Simply weigh, transfer and rinse.

Fits nearly any ­standard 10 – 250 mL flask.

86

Accessories MS,

Accessories MS, ML, ME, PL Balances

Part No.

Description

ML, ME, PL Balances

MS MS-S Semi- MS-L Micro

ML

ME

PL-S

PL-L

Draft shields Draft shield with sliding doors "mg" (usable height 168 mm)

12122405

-

x

-

-

-

-

Draft shield with sliding doors "0.1 mg" (usable height 236 mm)

12122404

-

x

-

-

-

-

Draft shield MS-DS-21 for models with readability of 0.1 g up to 0.01 g

12121014

-

x

-

-

-

-

Draft shield flexi, height 100 mm (only for ML203E, ML303E)

12122420

-

-

x

-

-

-

Draft shield for precision balances ML-DS-21, height 227 mm (ML with pan size 170 x 190 mm)

12121015

-

-

x

-

-

-

Draft shield without sliding doors "0.1 mg" (235mm) (Set DS High ME)

30037731

-

-

-

x

-

-

Draft shield without sliding doors "1 mg" (175 mm) (Set DS Low ME)

30042884

-

-

-

x

-

-

Glass cylinder for compact models (pan size ∅ 120 mm)* *Pan ∅ 120 mm (balances with a weighing pan ∅ 160 mm require this pan when using draft shield 12102988 - on request)

12102988 12102987

-

-

-

-

x x

x x

30006615 12121850 12121851 12121852 12121853 12122030 12122031 12122032 30037742 30042890 12102980

x – – – – – – – – – –

– x x x x – – – – – –

– – – – – x x x – – –

– – – – – – – – x x –

– – – – – – – – – – x

– – – – – – – – – – x

30029049 30029050 30029051

– – –

– – –

– – –

x x x

– – –

– – –

30006471

–

x

–

–

–

–

12122363

x

x

x

x

x

x

11107909 11120270

x –

– x

– x

– x

– x

– x

11103691

x

x

x

x

x

x

11600361 00590101

x –

x –

x –

x –

– x

– x

12122381

x

x

x

x

–

–

72213564

–

–

–

–

x

x

Protective covers Protective cover for MS semi-micro Protective cover for MS-S balances with draft shield Protective cover for MS-S balances without draft shield Protective cover for MS-L balances Protective cover for MS-KLE and MS-KLIPE balances Protective cover for ML balances with draft shield Protective cover for ML balances with square pan Protective cover for ML balances with round pan Protective cover for ME balances with draft shield Protective cover for ME balances without draft shield Protective cover for compact models

Dust Cover Dust cover for models with draft shield 235mm Dust cover for models with draft shield 170mm Dust cover for models without draft shield

Special Weighing pans Dynamic weighing pan MS-DWP-21 (MS-S with pan size 170 x 200 mm, 190 x 226 mm)

PowerPac PowerPac-M-12V (except MS-L, MS-KLE, MS-KLIPE)

AC adapter AC Adapter 100-240 V, 12 VDC, 2.25 A Universal adapter set (EU, USA, AU, UK) 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 0,3 A, out 12 VDC 0,84 A

Interface Cables USB-RS232 converter cable for connection with PC via USB port; baud rates 1200 to 115,2 K

Anti-Theft Devices Steel cord with lock Steel cord with lock

Auxiliary Displays Auxiliary display AD-RS-M7, RS232 large LCD backlit display powered by the balance (RS232 interface) Auxiliary display RS-AD-L7, RS232 LCD display with backlight

87

Accessories MS,

ML, ME, PL Balances

Accessories MS, ML, ME, PL Balances

Part No.

Description

MS MS-S Semi- MS-L Micro

ML

ME

PL-S

PL-L

Density Kit Density kit MS-DNY-54 for solids

30004077

x

–

–

–

–

–

Density kit MS-DNY-43 for solids

11142143

–

x

–

–

–

–

Density kit ML-DNY-43 for solids (not compatible with ML203E and ML303E)

11142144

–

–

x

x

–

–

Glass sinker 10 ml for density determination of liquids in combination with MS-DNY-54, MS-DNY-43 or ML-DNY-43

00210260

x

x

x

x

–

–

Calibrated glass sinker 10 ml for density determination of liquids in combination with MS-DNY-54, MS-DNY-43 or ML-DNY-43

00210672

x

x

x

x

–

–

Recalibration for glass sinker 10 ml for density determination of liquids in combination with MS-DNY-54, MS-DNY-43 or ML-DNY-43

00210674

x

x

x

x

–

–

Density kit ME-DNY-4 for ME 0.1 mg balances

30029886

–

–

–

x

–

–

ErgoSens Optical sensor for hands-free operation of MS semi-micro balance

11132601

x

–

–

–

–

–

Auxiliary footswitch for hands-free operation of MS semi-micro balance

11106741

x

–

–

–

–

–

30014460

x

–

–

–

–

–

11132565

–

x

–

–

–

–

Evaporation Trap Evaporation Trap

Weighing below the balance Hook for MS-L

LabX direct LabX direct balance full version for simple data transfer

11120340

x

x

x

x

x

x

LabX direct balance demo version (30 days)

11120343

x

x

x

x

x

x

Transport Case Transport case for MS semi-micro balances

30006317

x

–

–

–

–

Transport case for all MS-S balances

11124245

–

x

–

–

–

Transport case for ML balances (without draft shield)

11124240

–

–

x

–

–

Transport case for compact models (without draft shield)

12102982

–

–

–

x

x

Transport case for ME 0.1 mg balances (with draft shield, 235mm)

30046404

–

–

–

x

–

–

Transport case for models with draft shield (0.001 g, 170mm)

30046405

–

–

–

x

–

–

Transport case for models without draft shield

30046406

–

–

–

x

–

–

P-58RUE thermal label printer with RS232, USB and Ethernet interfaces and functions: Print, Statistics, Formulation, Totaling, Label Printing

30094674

x

x

x

x

x

x

P-56RUE thermal label printer with RS232, USB and Ethernet interfaces and functions: Print, Label Printing*

30094673

x

x

x

x

x

x

RS-P28 compact printer with RS232C interface and functions: Print, Zero, Date/Time, Feed, Statistics & Totaling

11124304

x

x

x

x

x

x

RS-P26 compact printer with RS232C interface and functions: Print, Zero, Date/Time, Feed

11124303

x

x

x

x

x

x

RS-P25 compact printer with RS232C interface and functions: Print

11124300

x

x

x

x

x

x

Printer

P-58RUE

RS-P26

* Possible only from host device, e.g. PC

88

Accessories General

Accessories General Balances

Description

Part No.

Cables All, with RS232 interface

All, with LocalCan interface

All, with Ethernet interface All, with MiniMettler interface

RS9 (m) – RS9 (f), cable for connecting a balance (RS232, 9-pin) to a printer, PC or titrator (RS232, 9-pin), 1 m

11101051

Ex2 cable for RS232 interface, fiber-optic cable with 9-pin RS connector and optoelectric converter with galvanic isolation, 2 m

00224265

USB – RS232 converter cable, intelligent expansion module that connects a balance (RS232) to a PC USB port. Baud rates 1200 to 115,2 K, 1.7 m

11103691

LC – RS9 (f), cable for connecting a balance (LocalCAN) to a printer, PC or titrator (RS232, 9-pin), 2 m, includes interface box

00229065

Ex2: LC – RS9 (f), cable for connecting a balance (LocalCAN) in Ex Zone 2 to a printer, PC or titrator (RS232, 9-pin), 1.9 m, includes interface box

00224275

LC – CL, cable for connecting a balance (LocalCAN) to a device with METTLER TOLEDO CL interface, e.g. titrator, 5-pin, 2 m, includes interface box

00229130

LC – RS open, cable for connecting to a MT ComBus system; includes interface box, 4 m

21900640

LC – LC03, extension cable for LocalCAN, 0.3 m, includes connector

00239270

LC – LC1, extension cable for LocalCAN, 1 m, includes connector

00229161

LC – LC2, extension cable for LocalCAN, 2 m, includes connector

00229115

LC – LC5, extension cable for LocalCAN, 5 m, includes connector

00229116

LC – LCT, cable branch (T-connector) for connection of peripherals with LocalCAN

00229118

LC – RS8, connection cable for METTLER TOLEDO titrators DL50, DL53, DL55

00229185

Connection cable for METTLER TOLEDO titrators DL12, DL18, DL21, DL25, DL35, DL40RG, DL40GP (1.5 m long), (LC-CL cable is also required, order no 00229130)

00106090

Ethernet extension cable, RJ45 patch cable U/UTP, CAT5, 3 m

11600395

Ethernet extension cable, RJ45 patch cable U/UTP, CAT5, 5 m

11600396

MiniMettler – RS232 connection cable for PC (DB9 f, bidir. handshake, 1.5 m long)

00210493

89

Accessories OIML

Weights

Our Expertise Your Cornerstone for Reliable Results Only the finest quality austenitic steel offers the highest resistance to corrosion over the course of a weightâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s lifetime. Our unique manufacturing process involves melting the steel under vacuum, traditional mechanical polishing, final stage electrolytic polishing, fully automated cleaning processes and final calibration using state-of-the-art mass comparators. The process has been perfected over years of experience to bring you accurate weights of the highest quality, with a stability that ­remains unmatched in the market.

Custom Materials Our specially produced super austenitic stainless steel is cast under vacuum to reduce undesired trace elements, remove dissolved gases and improve oxide cleanliness. This optimizes the physical properties of the steel; e.g. density is highly reproducible.

Electrolytic Polishing Proprietary process eliminates microscopic protrusions in the weightâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s surface which is far more even compared to mechanical polishing. Thanks to the enhanced properties of the passive oxide film, long-term stability of the weight is improved.

Robot Calibration Substantial investment in cutting edge robot technology, combined with decades of experience, guarantees the highest standard of weight calibration. Computer controlled processes eliminate human error, producing consistent and reproducible results with low uncertainty values.

www.mt.com/weights

90

Accessories OIML

Weights

Microgram Weights For Mass Calibration The weights, combined with their specially designed set of accessories and handling tools, offer the complete solution for customers who go beyond traditional boundaries.

These weights are mainly used by national institutes for scientific research and calibrations, but they also aid general industry research in areas where equipment calibration with milligram weights is no longer sufficiently precise

Protective Storage Easy to clean aluminum boxes protect weights against electrostatic charge. To avoid unintentional mis-storage of weights, each box is laser marked with the nominal value.

Stable Weights Precise and inimitable shapes for each nominal weight. To ensure accuracy, an automated process is used to bend wires with diameter as small as 0.05mm into the desired shape.

Nifty Tools Tweezers with a special hook and ceramic tips ensure proper handling. The miniature draft shield protects the weights during acclimatization and pre-weighing preparations.

Weight Sets Nominal Value 0.05 mg - 0.5 mg

Weight Sequence 1, 2, 2, 5

Number of Weights 5

Part No. 30078805

Part No. 30078807

Uncertainty (µg) 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7

Part No. 30078800 30078801 30078802 30078803

Part No. 30080144 30080145 30080146 30080147

Single Weights Nominal Value 0.05 mg 0.1 mg 0.2 mg 0.5 mg

MPE (± in µg) ± 1.5 ± 1.5 ± 1.5 ± 1.5

With statement of accuracy With traceable calibration certificate issued by the National Measurement Office in UK

www.mt.com/microgram-weights 91

Accessories OIML

Weights

Signature Line OIML E1, E2 and F1 Guaranteed Positive Tolerances The Signature Line offers more than perfection. Hand ­selected weights with guaranteed positive tolerances and a lifetime guarantee make these weights the first choice for ambitious testing purposes.

Full Lifetime Guarantee High-grade stainless steel, vacuum melted Density: 8.0 kg/dm3 Magnetic susceptibility < 0.01 One-piece design (Monobloc)

The unique electrolytic adjustment procedure combined with ­robotic calibrations allows ­selective production of weights in the positive tolerance range.

Wire weight Marked wire weight Cylindrical weight with knob

Individual Weights F1

E1

E2

Order number Wooden Box

Order number Plastic Box

Nominal value

Order number Plastic Box – – – –

30003743 30003744 30003745 30003746

20 mg

–

30003747

– – – –

30003748 30003749 30003750 30003751

1 g

–

30003752

2 g

–

30003753

30003719

5 g

–

30003754

–

30003720

10 g

–

30003755

00159131

–

30003721

20 g

–

30003756

00159140

00159141

–

30003722

50 g

–

30003757

100 g

00159150

00159151

–

30003723

100 g

–

30003758

200 g

00159160

00159161

–

30003724

200 g

–

30003759

500 g

00159170

00159171

–

30003725

500 g

–

30003760

1 kg

00159180

00159181

–

30003726

1 kg

–

30003761

2 kg

00159190

00159191

–

30003727

2 kg

–

30003762

5 kg

00159200

00159201

–

30003728

5 kg

–

30003763

10 kg

00159210

00159211

–

30003729

10 kg

–

30003764

20 kg

00159220

00159221

–

30003730

20 kg

–

30003765

50 kg

00159230

00159231

–

30003731

50 kg

–

30003766

mg mg mg mg

00159000 00159010 00159020 00159030

00159001 00159011 00159021 00159031

– – – –

30003706 30003707 30003710 30003711

20 mg

00159040

00159041

–

30003712

00159050 00159060 00159070 00159080

00159051 00159061 00159071 00159081

– – – –

30003713 30003714 30003715 30003716

1 g

00159090

00159091

–

30003717

2 g

00159100

00159101

–

30003718

5 g

00159110

00159111

–

10 g

00159120

00159121

20 g

00159130

50 g

50 100 200 500

mg mg mg mg

1 2 5 10

Shape

mg mg mg mg

1 2 5 10

92

Shape

Weight and Box, including Certificate

Marked cylindrical weight with knob

Individual Weights Nominal value

Weight and Box

The “Stay-in-tolerance” lifetime guarantee means that if ever a weight should be found out of tolerance it will be replaced free of charge.

50 100 200 500

mg mg mg mg

Accessories OIML

Weight Sets 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500

E1

Weights

E2

1 mg 500 mg

1 mg 200 g

1 mg 1 kg

1 mg 2 kg

1 mg 5 kg

1g 50 g

1g 500 g

1 mg 1 kg

12

23

25

27

28

8

12

38

1 kg 1 mg 5 kg 500 mg

1 mg 200 g

1 mg 1 kg

1 mg 2 kg

1 mg 5 kg

1g 50 g

1g 500 g

1 kg 5 kg

23

25

27

28

8

12

4

mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg 1g 2g 5g

10 g 20 g 50 g 100 g 200 g 500 g 1 kg 2 kg 5 kg No. of Weights

Wooden Box

4

12

00159300 00159340 00159350 11117614 11117616 00159310 00159320 00159360 00159330 00159301 00159341 00159351 11117615 11117617 00159311 00159321 00159361 00159331

Plastic Box

Weight Sets 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500

30003732 30003734 30003735 30003736 30003737 30003738 30003739 30003740

F1 1 mg 500 mg

1 mg 200 g

1 mg 1 kg

1 mg 2 kg

1 mg 5 kg

1g 50 g

1g 500 g

1 kg 5 kg

12

23

25

27

28

8

12

4

mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg 1g 2g 5g

10 g 20 g 50 g 100 g 200 g 500 g 1 kg 2 kg 5 kg No. of Weights

Plastic Box

30003767 30003768 30003769 30003770 30003771 30003772 30003773 30003774

93

Accessories OIML

Weights

Premium Line OIML E2 and F1 Premium Stainless Steel Uncompromising 足selection of steel and rigorous control of manufacturing processes make 足Premium Line weights the excellent choice for balance calibration and testing.

The proven one-piece design (monobloc) guarantees best long term stability and accurate testing results.

Made in Switzerland High-grade stainless steel, vacuum melted Density: 8.0 kg/dm3 Magnetic susceptibility < 0.01 One-piece design (Monobloc)

Premium, vacuum 足melted stainless steel ensures an anticorrosive surface with low magnetization and 足susceptibility values.

The one-piece construction and electrolytically polished surface offer best long term stability. Unmatched Swiss quality!

Weight and Box Weight and Box, including Certificate Wire weight Marked wire weight Cylindrical weight with knob Marked cylindrical weight with knob

Individual Weights

Individual Weights E2 Order number Wooden Box

Order number Plastic Box

mg mg mg mg

00158300 00158310 00158320 00158330

00158301 00158311 00158321 00158331

00158306 00158316 00158326 00158336

00158307 00158317 00158327 00158337

20 mg

00158340

00158341

00158346

00158347

00158350 00158360 00158370 00158380

00158351 00158361 00158371 00158381

00158356 00158366 00158376 00158386

00158357 00158367 00158377 00158387

1 g

00158390

00158391

00158396

00158397

2 g

00158400

00158401

00158406

00158407

5 g

00158410

00158411

00158416

10 g

00158420

00158421

20 g

00158430

Nominal value 1 2 5 10 50 100 200 500

94

F1

mg mg mg mg

Shape

Order number Wooden Box

Order number Plastic Box

mg mg mg mg

00159410 00159420 00159430 00159440

00159411 00159421 00159431 00159441

00159416 00159426 00159436 00159446

00159417 00159427 00159437 00159447

20 mg

00159450

00159451

00159456

00159457

00159460 00159470 00159480 00159490

00159461 00159471 00159481 00159491

00159466 00159476 00159486 00159496

00159467 00159477 00159487 00159497

1 g

00158600

00158601

00158606

00158607

2 g

00158610

00158611

00158616

00158617

00158417

5 g

00158620

00158621

00158626

00158627

00158426

00158427

10 g

00158630

00158631

00158636

00158637

00158431

00158436

00158437

20 g

00158640

00158641

00158646

00158647

Nominal value 1 2 5 10 50 100 200 500

mg mg mg mg

Shape

50 g

00158440

00158441

00158446

00158447

50 g

00158650

00158651

00158656

00158657

100 g

00158450

00158451

00158456

00158457

100 g

00158660

00158661

00158666

00158667

200 g

00158460

00158461

00158466

00158467

200 g

00158670

00158671

00158676

00158677

500 g

00158470

00158471

00158476

00158477

500 g

00158680

00158681

00158686

00158687

1 kg

00158480

00158481

00158486

00158487

1 kg

00158690

00158691

00158696

00158697

2 kg

00158490

00158491

00158496

00158497

2 kg

00158700

00158701

00158706

00158707

5 kg

00158500

00158501

00158506

00158507

5 kg

00158710

00158711

00158716

00158717

10 kg

00158510

00158511

00158516

00158517

10 kg

00158720

00158721

00158726

00158727

20 kg

00158520

00158521

00158526

00158527

20 kg

00158730

00158731

00158736

00158737

50 kg

00158530

00158531

50 kg

00158740

00158741

Accessories OIML

Weight Sets 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500

E2

Weights

F1

1 mg 500 mg

1 mg 200 g

1 mg 1 kg

1 mg 2 kg

1 mg 5 kg

1g 50 g

1g 500 g

1 mg 1 kg

1 kg 5 kg

1 mg 500 mg

1 mg 200 g

1 mg 1 kg

1 mg 2 kg

1 mg 5 kg

1g 50 g

1g 500 g

1 kg 5 kg

12

23

25

27

28

8

12

38

4

12

23

25

27

28

8

12

4

mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg mg 1g 2g 5g

10 g 20 g 50 g 100 g 200 g 500 g 1 kg 2 kg 5 kg No. of Weights

Wooden Box Plastic Box

00158800 00158840 00158850 11117624 11117626 00158810 00158820 00158860 00158830

00161700 00158900 00158910 11117802 11117804 00158870 00158880 00158890

00158801 00158841 00158851 11117625 11117627 00158811 00158821 00158861 00158831

00161701 00158901 00158911 11117803 11117805 00158871 00158881 00158891

00158806 00158846 00158856 11117321 11117323 00158816 00158826

–

11125900

00161706 00158906 00158916 11119979 11119981 00158876 00158886 11125907

00158807 00158847 00158857 11117322 11117324 00158817 00158827

–

11125901

00161707 00158907 00158917 11119980 11119982 00158877 00158887 11125908

Accessories

Tweezers

Weight Forks

Order number Straight tips, for weights 1 mg – 20 g, length 115 mm

Order number

00015900

Aluminum/Polyamide, for weights 500 g – 1 kg, length 300 mm

00222175

Straight tips, for weights 1 mg – 20 g, length 220 mm

11116544

Aluminum/Polyamide, for 2 kg weights, length 320 mm

00015902

Straight tips, for weights 20 g – 200 g, length 140 mm

11116543

Aluminum/Polyamide, for 5 kg weights, length 470 mm

00015903

Bent tips, for weights 20 g – 200 g, length 200 mm

00015901

ABS, for 500 g weights, length 150 mm

11123094

Bent tips, for weights 1 mg – 200 g, length 130 mm

11116540

ABS, for 1 kg weights, length 150 mm

11123095

Miscellaneous Accessories

Nylon gloves

Weight Handles

Weight marking Order number

Order number Leather gloves, pair, not suitable for regulated environments

00072001

Steel with rubber coating, for 2 kg weights

Nylon gloves, pair, suitable for all environments

11123098

Steel with rubber coating, for 5 kg weights

11123097

Micro fibre cloth, suitable for all environments

00158798

Aluminum, for 10 kg and 20 kg weights

00015904

Brush, suitable for all environments Weight marking, alphanumeric

00158799 11116500

11123096

Aluminum, for 10 kg and 20 kg weights, with ear for crane 11116517 Aluminum, for 50 kg weights, with ear for crane

11116515

95

Accessories OIML

Weights

Basic Line OIML F1, F2 and M1 Economical Production Proven ­technology and competitive prices make Basic Line weights a cost effective solution for general testing purposes. All weights are made of stainless steel, even for mg weights no aluminum is used. Weights are manufactured under METTLER TOLEDO’s stringent ISO9001 quality ­management system.

Individual Weights Nominal value Shape

Clean-room Suitability Stainless steel Density: 7.9 kg/dm3

Weight and Box Weight and Box, including Certificate

The adjustable c­ avity (AC) design can be manufactured more economically, making these weights affordable even for smaller budgets.

F1

F2

M1

Order number Plastic Box

Order number Plastic Box

Order number Plastic Box

Marked sheet weight Cylindrical weight with knob Marked cylindrical weight with knob Marked single weights are available on request

Weight Sets

1 mg 500 mg

1 mg

11119491 11119561 11119079 11118271 11117935 11117751

1 mg

2 mg

11119492 11119562 11119080 11118272 11117936 11117752

2 mg

5 mg

11119493 11119563 11119081 11118273 11117937 11117753

5 mg

10 mg

11119494 11119564 11119082 11118274 11117938 11117754

10 mg

20 mg

11119495 11119565 11119083 11118275 11117939 11117755

20 mg

50 mg

11119496 11119566 11119084 11118276 11117940 11117756

50 mg

100 mg

11119497 11119567 11119085 11118285 11117941 11117757

100 mg

200 mg

11119498 11119568 11119086 11118286 11117942 11117758

200 mg

500 mg

11119499 11119569 11119087 11118287 11117943 11117759

500 mg

1 g

11119455 11119525 11119042 11118191 11118055 11117711

1 g

2 g

11119456 11119526 11119043 11118192 11118056 11117712

2 g

5 g

11119457 11119527 11119044 11118193 11118057 11117713

5 g

10 g

11119458 11119528 11119045 11118194 11118058 11117714

10 g

20 g

11119459 11119529 11119046 11118195 11118059 11117715

20 g

50 g

11119460 11119530 11119047 11118196 11118060 11117716

50 g

100 g

11119461 11119531 11119048 11118201 11118061 11117717

100 g

200 g

11119462 11119532 11119049 11118202 11118062 11117718

200 g

500 g

11119463 11119533 11119050 11118203 11118063 11117719

500 g

1 kg

11119464 11119534 11119051 11118204 11118064 11117721

1 kg

2 kg

11119465 11119535 11119052 11118205 11118065 11117722

2 kg

5 kg

11119466 11119536 11119053 11118206 11118066 11117723

5 kg

10 kg

11119467 11119537 11119054 11118211 11118067 11117724

20 kg

11119468 11119538 11119055 11118212 11118068 11117725

Number of Weights

F1

F2 M1

96

Sheet weight

All Basic Line weights are protected in robust and easy to clean plastic boxes. FDA approved materials, including foam inserts, make them a perfect solution for regulated industries.

1 mg 200 g

1 mg 1 kg

1 mg 2 kg

1 mg 5 kg

1 g 50 g

1g 500 g

12 23 25 27 28 8 12 11119511 11119512 11119513 11119514 11119515 11119516 11119517 11119581 11119582 11119583 11119584 11119585 11119586 11119587 11118456 11118457 11118458 11118459 11118460 11118461 11118462 11118339 11118340 11118341 11118342 11118343 11118344 11118345 11117862 11117863 11117864 11117865 11117866 11117867 11117868 11117771 11117772 11117773 11117774 11117775 11117776 11117777

Accessories OIML

Weights

Professional CarePacs® For Smooth Routine Testing Perform safe routine testing of your balances with precisely what you need – a METTLER TOLEDO CarePac® with just two test weights. This unique approach, which is also recommended in USP <41>, means you can rely on accurate measuring results and save time and money. CarePacs® include tweezers, gloves and everything you need for professional weight handling.

Choose your CarePac now with the online weight selector! www.mt.com/weights

Flexible testing CarePacs® offer the option to add a third weight for customer specific testing.

Cost savings Buy only what is needed for routine testing – two weights rather than an entire weight set.

Re-calibration costs are lower for two weights compared to an entire set.

Security through superior accessories Ergonomic tweezers and weight forks as well as clean-room approved gloves and cleaning cloths meet the highest requirements of all industries.

97

Mass Compar Highly accurate mass determination

98

Comparator Balances Overview XP Mass Comparators

Page 100 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 101 102 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 103

rators 99

Comparator Balances Overview

Mass Comparison Manual, Automated and Robotic The Metrology unit offers comprehensive Mass Comparator and Comparator Service portfolios for seamless traceability and highly accurate weighing applications.

The portfolio is divided into three lines of Comparators: Manual, Automated and Robotic

Manual Comparators

Automated Comparators

Robotic Comparators

The combination of a highly ­ergonomic user interface with the menu-guided mass deter­ mination software MCLink simplifies and improves every operator’s work.

Thanks to the Windows®-based control software and 4-place turntable, all measurements are auto­matically done without operator inter­ference, keeping measurement uncertainty to a minimum.

These fully automated solutions are ideal for large scale calibration activities up to E1 OIML accuracy class assuring a safe and efficient workflow.

• Highest resolution from 0.1µg to 5‘400 kg • Self-centering ­weighing pan (hanging pan or ­LevelMatic®) • Touchscreen operation • Secure data with Ethernet and Wireless interfaces

100

• Highest accuracy from 0.1µg to 64 kg • Fully automated comparison with 4-position weight handler • Easy and secure data ­management • Automated weighing process with PC Controller

• Peak performance towards ­nanogram accuracy from 0.1µg to 20kg • Maximum productivity with large weight magazines • Time saving with fast 3-axis ­robot • Windows®-based user friendly control software

Mass Comparators set the standard Due to their very best repeat­ability and resolution, Mass C ­ omparators are the most ­accurate balances existing today. They determine the exact mass of unknown weights by comparison with a known reference weight.

METTLER TOLEDO Mass Metrology solutions guarantee highest quality and full compliance with country specific norms in all ­areas of work in science, industry and for consumer products.

All masses are fully traceable to the International Prototype Kilogram in Paris, and hence Mass Comparators play a key role in the realization of measurement standards.

Mass Metrology Science Industries Consumer Products

Please order the ­Comparator Balances brochure (11795840)

www.mt.com/comparators

101

XP Mass Comparators

The Right Comparators For the Right Segments A wide range of XP mass comparators are available for lab and Industrial applications where the highest accuracy and performance is required.

Complete solutions are available for the following segments:

Machinery and Electronics Production oriented, the XP-S line offers the highest accuracy for the smallest tolerances assuring top quality finished components and parts.

Petrochemicals XP-L line is largely used in gas cylinder filling. Its robustness and highest resolution help ­reduce uncertainties to a minimum improving the quality of the gas mixes.

Fine Chemicals Highest yield for highest capacities, XP-K line helps minimize the waste of bulk chemical components at the time of filling, drastically sinking production costs.

ComparatorPac™ consisting of: • 3 XP Mass Comparators • OIML Calibrated Reference Weights • MCLink Software

Calibration Laboratories For safe and simple weight calibration ComparatorPac™ is the all-in-one solution, assuring efficient workflows and reliable results.

www.mt.com/comparatorpac 102

XP Mass Comparators

XP32003L

XP2004S

XP155KS

Select the Right XP Comparator for your Application Model

Maximum Load

Readability

Repeatability ABA at Nominal Load

Article Number

XP6U

6.1 g

0.1 µg

0.35 µg

11122400

XP26C

22 g

1 µg

1.5 µg

11106022

XP56C

52 g

1 µg

3 µg

11106023

220 g

0.01 mg

0.05 mg

30045005 11140137

XP205CDR

520 g

0.01 mg

0.035 mg

XP2004S *

XP505

2300 g

0.1 mg

0.1 mg

11130124

XP2003S

2300 g

1 mg

1 mg

11130120

XP5003S

5100 g

1 mg

0.8 mg

11130121

XP10003S

10100 g

1 mg

1 mg

11130122

XP26003L *

26.1 kg

1 mg

3 mg

11120685

XP32003L

32.1 kg

5 mg

10 mg

11120686

XP64003L

64.1 kg

5 mg

8 mg

11120687

XP64002L *

64.1 kg

10 mg

25 mg

11120688

XP64002L-T

64.1 kg

10 mg

30 mg

11120689

XP155KS *

150 kg

0.05 g

0.12 g

11120800

XP604KM *

600 kg

0.1 g

0.23 g

11120805

XP1003KM *

1100 kg

0.5 g

1.5 g

11120810

XP2003KL *

2500 kg

1g

7g

11120815

XP6002KL *

5400 kg

10 g

70 g

11120820

Please order the ­ComparatorPac™ Weight Calibration brochure (30003796)

* EX Zone 2 (ATEX) certified model also available

103

Gravimetric Dispe Powder and liquid dispensing for perfect concentrations

104

Quantos Overview Benefits of Automated Dosing Product Overview Accessories

Page 106 – 107 108 – 109 110 – 111 112 – 113

ensing 105

Quantos Overview

Quantos Dispensing Solutions Quantos addresses the weak link in sample preparation with gravimetric solid and solvent dispensing solutions. It is an innovative way to minimize the variability in sample processing and reduce the labor requirement.

Implementing a gravimetric sample preparation 足system reduces laboratory errors and out-of-specification (OOS) incidents by up to 60%, while increasing 足laboratory efficiency.

106

Quantos Overview

Prepare accurate concentrations at small volumes in a fully automated system. With full dispensing flexibility, the system improves data quality and reduces errors by minimizing variability and weighing and dilution errors.

Absolute security and multiple savings are assured.

Safe, fast and accurate automated powder dispensing ensures user safety and saves costs. Optional automated diluent addition enables gravimetric preparation of solutions with highly accurate concentrations.

Prepare samples via manual powder dosing combined with automated gravimetric addition of the diluent. Allows preparation of accurate concentrations and reduces errors.

The WorkflowBox contains optimized built-in methods for maximum process security and full traceability: easy, efficient weighing, dilution & sample prep, in combination with the QB or QA series.

QWB WorkflowBox

Pre-configured Workflows

QA Liquid Dispensing

Automated Liquid Dispensing

QB Powder and Liquid Dispensing

Automated 足Sample Preparation

QX Fully Automated Dispensing

Fully Automated Sample Preparation

107

Quantos – Benefits of Automated Dosing

Quantos Gravimetric Dispensing

Weighing powders and preparing solutions are the most common tasks for an analytical b­ alance. Dosing powder by hand takes a long time, represents a potential source of errors and is potentially dangerous when toxic substances are involved. Preparing solutions using volumetric flasks is cumbersome and one risks errors and cross contamination.

Quantos combines powder and liquid dispensing technology with METTLER TOLEDO high-end balances for fast, safe and economical powder weighing and solution preparation.

Speed

Safety

Saving

Automatic dosing up to 20 times faster than the manual process.

Quantos doses 1 mg to 5 g within 15 to 90 seconds!

Quantos protects you and your samples – hazardous substances remain sealed and aerosol formation is kept to an absolute minimum.

Quantos reduces the minimum weight by 40 %. Liquid dosing is independent of volumetric glassware. Altogether savings of up to 90% are possible.

www.mt.com/quantos

108

Order Information Description Quantos balances QD206DR QD206DR/A QD206DR/M Autosampler Autosampler QS30 Cassette for 5 bottles (max ∅ 24 mm) Cassette for 5 bottles (max ∅ 28 mm) NetCom-Kit Ethernet EQPac Quantos Ionizing Kit Cable Box

Remarks

QB5 + automated sampler Article Number

Weighing unit Weighing unit, approved Weighing unit, approved (US)

11141007 11141010 11141009

Including 6 cassettes for ∅ 24 mm bottles or adapters Set with 6 cassettes, numbered 1 to 30

11141300

Set with 6 cassettes, numbered 1 to 30

11141773

These 2 elements must be ordered in order to make the service of the upgraded balance possible

11141832 11132515 11141040 11141829 11141845

Mandatory Optional Optional

11141772

Thanks to the QS30 auto sampling system, you can process up to 30 samples per batch. The automation helps you to save time and to focus on other tasks.

• The spacesaving, ring-shaped design is optimised for the tightest of laboratory spaces.

• With a wide range of accessories including vial adapters for a variety of different vessels, almost all common powder dosing applications can be executed.

109

Quantos – Product Overview

Make the Shift with Quantos Find the Right Solution for your Application Whether you use a traditional volumetric flask or the game-changing Quantos technology for gravimetric sample preparation, METTLER TOLEDO has the right solution for you. The modular concept enables you to upgrade an XPE/XP analytical balance to an automatic weighing system that is also able to prepare perfect concentrations. Significant economic and ecological benefits can be realized: reduced amounts of substance and solvent are consumed, with less waste and a reduced risk of exposure for the user.

QB Powder Dispensing

QA Liquid Dispensing

QB – Powder and Liquid Dispensing

Automate the powder dosing ­process and reduce the minimum weight of your XPE/XP balance.

To prepare a solution the amount of substances is measured and the exact quantity of solvent is added to achieve the desired concentration.

To prepare a solution an amount as low as 4 mg is weighed according to USP and the exact amount of solvent is added to achieve the desired concentration.

• No need to weigh in your substance ­accurately: over- or undershoots are ­compensated by adding the right amount of liquid.

• No need for volumetric glassware • Automation and documentation reduce the risk of errors.

• From now on the amount of substance is no longer determinated by volu­ metric flasks but by the minimum weight of the balance resulting in ­significant savings.

• No need for volumetric glassware • Automation and documentation reduce the risk of errors.

• Speed up your powder dosing process by up to a factor of 20 • The user is protected from toxic s­ ubstances: the powder is contained in the dosing head only releasing the required amount • Save typically 40% of your substance: automation reduces the typical minimum weight of an XPE205 or XP205 from 14 mg to 10 mg according to USP. 110

Order Information Description

Remarks

Weighing Units QD56 QD56/M QD56/A Front door QD56DR QD206DR QD206DR/M QD206DR/A QD205DR QD205DR/M QD205DR/A QD204 QD204/M QD204/A

Weighing unit, 1 µg readability Weighing unit, 1 µg readability, approved Weighing unit, 1 µg readability, approved US Must be ordered together with the QD56 weighing unit Weighing unit, 5 µg readability Weighing unit, 5 µg readability, approved Weighing unit, 5 µg readability, approved US Weighing unit, 0.01 mg readability Weighing unit, 0.01 mg readability, approved Weighing unit, 0.01 mg readability, approved US Weighing unit, 0.1 mg readability Weighing unit, 0.1 mg readability, approved Weighing unit, 0.1 mg readability, approved US

30077661 30077663 30077662 30079864 11141007 11141009 11141010 30038500 30038502 30038501 30077252 30077254 30077253

Powder Dosing Unit Dosing Unit Pump module and all necessary cables for connection to QA and QB series 1000 ml pressure tight bottle (DIN GL45 thread) with liquid dosing head

30005906 30008317

These 2 elements must be ordered in order to make the service of the balance possible

11141832 11132515 11141040 11141829 11141845 30077252

Powder and Liquid Dosing Units Q2 QL2 QLL1000 NetCom-Kit Ethernet Option EQPac Quantos Ionizing Kit Cable Box QLX45

Mandatory Optional Optional Liquid dispensing kit for XPE/XP balances

Article Number

30008318

www.mt.com/quantos 111

Quantos – Accessories

Quantos Dosing Heads A Safe Container for Substance The intelligent dosing head has been developed to dose free flowing ­powdery substances such as APIs or reference standards where purity and quality of substance is essential and of highest importance. The use of a closed system avoids cross-contamination and protects the user, the substance and the environment. Simple dosing head portfolio: you’ve got the application – we’ve got the head.

Robust – Precise – Accurate

Intelligent Dosing Head

Enhanced safety

A highly precise mechanism, with an integrated stirrer guarantees a homogeneous flow of the powder. Four motors drive the powder flow with real time feedback from the balance, no settings to play with. Testing of thousands of different powders gave us the experience needed to best serve your powder dispensing needs.

The integrated RFID chip learns powder characteristics, optimizes the dosing accuracy and speed.

All information (substance ID, quantity, date etc.) is saved and can be printed or called up at the touch of a button for 100 % traceability ensured. No training required. Simply place the head on your Quantos device and start working.

The dosing head is attached to the container for the lifetime of your substance. A single dosing head for each powder eliminates cross contamination risk.

Thanks to the impact resistant and sealed transport container, each head and thus your valuable substance is completely protected. The transport container prevents moisture from being absorbed and is very low temperature compatible. www.mt.com/quantos

112

Quantos – Accessories

Order Information Description

Remarks

Article Number

Dosing Heads QH008-BNMW bulk QH012-LNMW bulk (set of 10) QH016-BNMW (set of 3) QH120-LNMW (set of 3) QH012-LNL bulk (set of 10) QH120-LNL (set of 3) QH012-LNLT bulk (set of 10) QH012-LNCT bulk (set of 10) QH012-LNMP bulk (set of 10) QH012-LNLX bulk (set of 10) QH120-LSMW (set of 3 ) QH012-LSMW bulk (set of 10) QH012-ZNMW Starter Kit (set of 40) QH002-CNMW set of 30 QH002-CNMW set of 90 QH002-CNMW set of 180 Powder test head Set L transport box and glass vials (10 pcs.)

8 ml substance volume 12 ml substance volume 16 ml substance volume, with transport box 120 ml substance volume, with transport box 12 ml substance volume, optimized for several grams target weight 120 ml substance volume, with transport box 12 ml substance volume for compacting powders 12 ml substance volume for difficult to dose powders 12 ml substance volume for small target containers 12 ml substance volume for mining substances and beads 120 ml substance volume, sterile, with transport box 12 ml substance volume, sterile 12 ml substance volume Max. 2 ml substance volume, for few dispenses and low starting quantities Max. 2 ml substance volume, for few dispenses and low starting quantities Max. 2 ml substance volume, for few dispenses and low starting quantities For routine testing of the instrument For Quantos powder dosing heads

11141533 11141532 11141503 11141502 11150145 11150144 11150170 11150171 11150118 11150155 11141522 11141542 11150115 30083440 30098264 30099270 11141506 30036965

Technology FDA compliant dosing heads are made out of TPX polymer and 316L/1.4404 stainless steel. This material combination features excellent electrical chemical and physical properties, focusing on professional laboratory environment and best weighing practices. For non regulated environments POM material heads are available. Sterilized heads are available on request.

Label Printer Citizen Label Printer Kit Set with labels and ribbon

Matrix barcode can be printed 2 label rolls, 1 ribbon roll

11141820 30004309

for print-outs on (adhesive) paper with RS232 connecting cable 1 cartridge 5 rolls 3 rolls

11141834 12120798 12120799 11600388

bidirectional data transfer, sequence programming

30008323

with 5 different adapters

11141570

Protocol Printer Protocol Printer Kit Ribbon Cartridge black, for RS-P25 Standard Paper, for RS-P25 Self Adhesive Paper, for RS-P25

LabX direct LabX direct QuantosConnect

Vial Adapter Set ErgoClip Quantos (Support and adapters) Vial adapter POM ∅ 10.3 mm 3) Vial adapter POM ∅ 12.0 mm 3) Vial adapter POM ∅ 15.0 mm 3) Vial adapter POM ∅ 16.2 mm 3) Vial adapter POM ∅ 21.0 mm 3) Vial adapter stainless steel for size 0 capsules Vial adapter stainless steel for size 00 capsules Vial adapter stainless steel for size 000 capsules Vial adapter stainless steel for size 3 capsules Customized adapters are available on request, e.g. ErgoPocket 3)

∅ 10.3 – 21 mm (1 pc. each)

for use with ErgoClip/Sampler, (5 pcs.) for use with ErgoClip/Sampler, (5 pcs.) for use with ErgoClip/Sampler, (5 pcs.) for use with ErgoClip/Sampler, (5 pcs.) for use with ErgoClip/Sampler, (5 pcs.) for use with ErgoClip/Sampler, (5 pcs.) for use with ErgoClip/Sampler, (5 pcs.) for use with ErgoClip/Sampler, (5 pcs.) for use with ErgoClip/Sampler, (5 pcs.) for use with ErgoClip for 64 x 100 mm stability pockets

11141571 11141575 11141572 11141573 11141574 11141398 11141799 30006416 30006431

for 12 capsules, size 0 for 12 capsules, size 00 for 12 capsules, size 000 for 12 capsules, size 1 for 12 capsules, size 3 required to use the ErgoDisc for ErgoDisc

11141751 11141754 11141753 11141755 11141752 11141750 11141760

POM ELS (electrically conducting)

ErgoDisc ErgoDisc ErgoDisc ErgoDisc ErgoDisc ErgoDisc Support of ErgoDisc Access Door

113

Moisture Analyz When moisture content matters

114

zers

Moisture Analyzer Overview Professional Moisture Analyzers Advanced and Entry Level Instruments SmartCal

116 118 120 122

Page – 117 – 119 – 121 – 123

115

Moisture Analyzer Overview

Accurate Moisture Determination Whatever your Application METTLER TOLEDO Moisture Analyzers provide fast, 足precise and reliable moisture determination in the laboratory and on the factory floor. The industry solutions offer full compliance with regulations for the pharmaceutical industry, highest resolution for plastics, and production-proven instruments for the food industry.

When correct moisture content has a decisive i足nfluence on production processes and product quality, a 足METTLER TOLEDO Moisture Analyzer will give you the results you need with unsurpassed accuracy, speed and reliability. They are robust, easy to use and are built for long, reliable operation.

116

Moisture Analyzer Overview

With outstanding measurement performance, you get accurate moisture results in record time. Excellent reporting capabilities assist you to ensure traceability and compliance.

These compact moisture analyzers provide you with rapid and precise results for reliable quality control in the lab and on the factory floor.

An entry level moisture analyzer that is simple to use and provides reliable results.

SmartCalâ&#x201E;˘ verifies moisture analyzer performance with a simple 10 minute test. Professional accessories, such as sample pans and PC software, ensure best results and efficient processes.

SmartCalâ&#x201E;˘ and Accessories

SmartCalâ&#x201E;˘ and Accessories

Entry

Entry

Advanced

Advanced

Professional

Professional

117

Professional Moisture Analyzers

Professional Moisture Analyzers Accurate Results Delivered in Record Time

When moisture content matters, METTLER T­ OLEDO moisture analyzers provide outstanding results. With a high capacity MonoBloc weighing cell, innovative hanging weighing pan and up to 0.1 mg readability, highly reliable moisture results are delivered time after time. Excellent reporting capabilities assist you to ensure traceability and compliance.

118

HX204

HS153

Integrated compliance for peace of mind

Boost productivity in the lab and on the factory floor

The HX204 is designed to meet the strict demands of research, quality control and production. It provides outstanding performance, rapid testing and powerful graphics. Full compliance makes the HX204 the ideal instrument for highly regulated industries.

• Full compliance • Highest accuracy and repeatability • One Click® Moisture • Fast results

When moisture content determines productivity, the HS153 is the instrument of choice. Powerful realtime graphics combined with ruggedness and easeof-use ensure fast and reproducible measurements in the lab and on the factory floor.

• Real-time drying curve • Quick and simple operation • Easy cleaning

HX204 and HS153

Comparison Table Professional Moisture Analyzers Moisture content readability Balance capacity Balance readability Drying unit temperature range Lid-opening Terminal display stand Internal calibration (FACT) Level control Automatic method development SmartCal integration (built-in RHT sensor) PDF and A4 printing Wi-Fi* Part No:

HX204 0.01% / 0.001% 200 g 1 mg / 0.1 mg 40–230°C Motorized Optional Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes* 30019875

HS153 0.01% 150 g 1 mg 40–230°C Manual Optional Optional Yes Yes* 30019876

*Country specific availability

Please order the detailed product brochure and the White Papers on cross validation of the D ­ rying Oven Method versus Moisture Analyzers

www.mt.com/moisture

A4/Letter Reports

Ethernet Connectivity

SmartCal Integration

Individual measurements with drying curves, summary reports with control charts, and test reports can all be printed in A4 or letter format in full color. Strip printers continue to be fully supported.

Connect to a standalone printer or a networked printer via the Ethernet. Generate reports as pdf files and send automatically to any network location e.g. from factory floor direct to the QC ­office. (Wi-Fi connection available in selected countries.)

You can now select the built-in SmartCal test directly from the user menu. The new Relative ­Humidity and Temperature sensor plugs in at the back of the unit to facilitate automatic normalization of the results.

119

Advanced and Entry Level

Routine Inspection Made Easy Proven Measurement Technology HB43-S

MJ33

HE53

The Workhorse in the Lab and Factory

The Robust for Routine Inspection

The Entry Level Moisture Analyzer

The HB43-S Moisture Analyzer combines halogen heating technology with strong analytical power in a compact format.

It offers direct access to two drying methods. The fast drying program shortens test times. A bright display guides the operator through the measurement. Alphanumeric method names and target weight indication ensure error-free operation.

The compact and robust design makes the HB43-S ideal for routine testing, both in the lab and on the factory floor.

Easy handling combined with ­robust components make the MJ33 the ideal instrument for routine testing in production ­environments. Metal heating elements and simple operation ensure error-free moisture measurements. Automatic end-point determination omits the need for programming drying methods

The HE53 is a straight-forward, robust and affordable entry level moisture analyzer. Halogen drying technology and a high performance weighing unit are combined in a robust moisture analyzer.

• Accurate results • Direct method access • Brilliant display is easy to read • Production-proven • Flat surfaces make cleaning simple

120

• Robust • Simple to use • Compact display • No need for method programming

• Entry level instrument

Advanced and Entry Level and Accessories

Comparison Table Advanced and Entry Level Moisture Analyzers Moisture content readability Balance capacity Balance readability Drying unit temperature range Heating technology Display Temperature programs Number of drying methods Switch-off criteria Weighing-in aid Part No:

HB43-S 0.01% 54 g 1 mg 50–200°C Halogen LCD back-lit Standard, Rapid, LP16 2 AK1-AK5, free, timed Yes 30019875

MJ33 0.01% 35 g 1 mg 50–160°C Infrared LCD back-lit Standard 1 Automatic, timed No 30019876

HE53 0.01% 54 g 1 mg 50–160°C Halogen LCD back-lit Standard, Rapid 1 Automatic, timed No

Free Moisture Guide All you need to know about: • Installation • Operation • Samples • Routine Testing Please order the ‘Guide to Moisture Analysis’ and detailed product datasheets.

www.mt.com/moisture

Accessories for Moisture Analyzers Sample Handling

Description Aluminum sample pan Glasfibre filters Professional aluminum sample pan (extra strong) Steel sample pan (reusable), height 6 mm HX/HS sample pan handler HB/MJ sample pan handler

Part No. 00013865 00214464 11113863 00214462 11148130 00214464

Quantity 80 100 80 3 1 3

Quality Management

SmartCal Reference Substance: see page 122 HX/HS certified temperature adjustment set HB/MJ certified temperature adjustment set HX/HS adjustment weight, 100g certified HB adjustment weight, 50g certified MJ adjustment weight, 20g certified HX/HS Thermo/hygrometer (RHT Sensor)

30020851 00214528 11119531 11119530 11119529 30020850

1 1 1 1 1 1

RS-P42 printer with RS232 interface RS-P25 compact printer with RS232 interface Printer paper Printer paper, self adhesive Printer ribbon, black

00229265 11124300 00072456 11600388 00065975

1 1 5 3 2

HX/HS printer support HX/HS stand for terminal HX/HS dust filter HX/HS protective cover for terminal HX/HS anti-theft device HX/HS transportation case HB/MJ protective keypad cover HB/MJ dust filter HB/MJ dust filter housing HB/MJ transportation case

30066692 30018474 30020838 30003957 11600361 30020836 11113363 11113883 11113882 11113555

1 1 50 1 1 1 2 50 1 1

Printers

Accessories

Sample pans Thanks to the optimal surface finish aluminium sample pans ensure ideal testing conditions.

Glass fibre filters The adsorbent glass fibre filters simplify testing of liquid and pasty substances and prevent the build-up of a surface film.

Certified temperature adjustment kit Ensure full traceability and perform ­temperature calibration at point of use.

121

SmartCal

SmartCal. Trust Your Results.

Reference Substance for Moisture Analyzer Testing Whether producing food, chemical or pharmaceutical products, no one can risk inaccurate results. In today’s industries with strict regulations and ­ongoing audits, efficient verification and documentation of the performance of your Moisture Analyzers is key.

SmartCal ensures accurate results and provides seamless QC documentation with a simple, quick 10 minute test. Your Moisture Analyzer is under control at all times.

Verified instruments Test in only 10 minutes

Innovative test substance SmartCal is a granular test substance. Its high sensitivity reliably detects adverse influences from ambient conditions and inaccurate heating or weighing devices.

SmartCal checks moisture analyzer performance in three steps

Simple and fast test The test is as easy to per­­­form as a regular measurement. Simply pour SmartCal into the sample pan and start. The results are available in 10 minutes.

Verified instrument The moisture analyzer is ready for use, if the result lies within the SmartCal control limits.

No issues with auditors The proper verification and seamless documentation ­guarantee correct perfor­mance.

Certified cSmartCal for highly regulated industries The certified cSmartCal is recommended for use in all highly regulated industries. A Certificate of Analysis is provided for every production batch. This certificate is issued by the independent German Federal Institute for Materials Research and Testing in Berlin (BAM, www.bam.de).

122

SmartCal

SmartCal checks the performance of your Moisture Analyzer in the QC lab or directly on the factory floor in just 10 minutes. For results you can trust.

Are you testing enough?

Or maybe too much?

The optimal frequency for verifying the performance of your Moisture Analyzer is dependent on your specific process needs and working environment. Get your free personalized, risk based testing recommendation at www.mt.com/smartcal-frequency-recommendation

www.mt.com/smartcal For more information please order the SmartCal product brochure.

SmartCal Reference Substance Description cSmartCal (certified, set of 24) cSmartCal (certified, set of 12) SmartCal (set of 24) SmartCal (set of 12 ) StarterPac cSmartCal (all accessories, protocols and 12 tests)

Part No. 30005791 30005793 30005790 30005792 30005918

123

Pipetting Products for the Life Sciences

Overview Ergonomic LTS LiteTouch System XLS Ergonomic Manual Pipettes XLS Ergonomic Electronic Pipettes PureSpeed Protein Tips Liquidator 96 Benchtop Pipettor Pipette Service BioClean Tips in Green Packaging

126 128 130 132 134 136 138 140

Page – 127 – 129 – 131 – 133 – 135 – 137 – 139 – 141

125

Overview

Rainin Pipetting For the Life Sciences Strict regulations, stringent quality requirements and time-to-market or time-to-publish pressures demand reliable and consistent pipetting results.

Pipetting is a central element of life science research work and for reproducible results scientists need accurate pipettes coupled with high-quality contamination-free tips.

With more than 40 years of pipetting experience and knowledge, Rainin has provided the industry’s leading integrated pipetting solution. We manufacture pipettes and tips as a tested system, so you can trust your results. Long a leader in the industry, Rainin continually strives for the next level, whether it’s the renowned LTS Lite Touch System, 96-well pipetting, RFID-enabled pipettes or E4 XLS – the next-generation electronic pipette.

Rainin delivers value and performance • Broadest selection of pipettes and tips • Enhanced pipetting performance • Reduced total cost of ownership and fewest out-of-tolerance pipettes • Standards compliance

126

Overview

Ergonomic pipettes for all routine and high-throughput applications in manual, electronic, single channel and multichannel formats

Rainin inert BioClean tips are the cleanest and most tested tips on the market.

A wide range of BioClean tips available for all pipetting applications.

Liquidator 96 is a fast, easy and convenient benchtop pipetting system. Fast workflows using 96- and 384well plates.

PureSpeed’s unique “resin in a tip” design offers a convenient, low-cost and semi-automated method for purifying biomolecules.

Sample Preparation

PureSpeed™ Sample Preparation Tips

High Throughput

96-well Pipetting Liquidator™ 96

BioClean Tips

BioClean™ Tips Clean and inert

Ergonomic Pipettes

Ergonomic Pipettes Quality and performance

127

Ergonomic LTS LiteTouch System

Rainin’s Unique LTS™ LiteTouch™ System Protect Your Hands and Your Results Rainin’s LTS cylindrical shaft and tip design provides a reliable, consistent seal – without excessive force. Thin-wall LTS tips have a small, well-defined seal area and a positive stop so the seal is made easily – there’s no need to force the shaft into the tip.

The ergonomic aspects of pipetting are often overlooked. Pipetting is forceful, with activities such as tip loading, tip ejection, depressing the plunger and ejecting the tip. It is also repetitive – many researchers pipetting for several hours each day.

A major component of pipetting force is loading and ejecting the tip. Most pipettes employ a slightly conical-shaped shaft that is inserted into a conical tip and held in place by friction. To make a seal sufficient for accurate liquid measurement, researchers often load tips with too much force, even rocking or banging the tip in place to ensure a good seal. After the pipetting cycle the tip must be removed, usually by an ejector button that is operated by the thumb.

The force required to remove the tip can reach over 4 kg.

Rainin addresses this problem with its patented LTS™ LiteTouch™ System, which employs a cylindrical shaft and tip. This design provides a reliable, consistent seal without excessive force. LTS thin-wall tips have a small, well-defined seal and a positive stop, that lets you know exactly when the seal is made – no need to jam or pound the shaft into the tip. Tip ejection force is dramatically reduced to just 0.6 kg in the LTS system.

Traditional Pipetting

LTS cylindrical tip and shaft

Large sealing area creates high friction Conical shaft fits into conical tip with no positive stop

128

Small seal area Positive stop eliminates jamming

Ergonomic LTS LiteTouch System

LTS Dramatically Reduces Tip Ejection Forces LTS reduces tip ejection force to just 0.6 kg – far less than pipettes with conical tip/shaft designs, which can exceed 4 kg.

From the paper by Lichty et al, the tip ejection forces shown in the figure below are for Rainin Pipet-Lite with LTS compared to tip ejection forces for other leading manufacturers’ traditional single-channel pipettes. The tip ejection forces with LTS are well below the maximum recommended thumb exertion force for both females and males.

Less tip ejection force reduces fatigue so the user can concentrate on technique. Better technique leads to consistent sample pickup and more reproducible data. Bottom line: LTS provides better productivity.

2.1 kg - Female

Rainin Pipet-Lite (LTS)

3.O kg - Male

Manuf. X’s Manual Pipette Manuf. Y’s Manual Pipette Manuf. Z’s Manual Pipette 0

1

2

kg Force

3

4

5

Data from Work, 39, (2011), 177-185. Lichty et al 1

Comparison of tip ejection forces from four popular pipettes. The maximum recommended thumb exertion force is 2.1 kgf for females and 3.0 kgf for males (Kroemer2)

1

Lichty MG, Janowitz IL, Rempel DM. Ergonomic evaluation of ten single-channel pipettes. Work. 2011;39(2):177-85.

2

Kroemer KH. Cumulative trauma disorders: their recognition and ergonomics measures to avoid them. Appl Ergon. 1989 Dec;20(4):274-80.

Pipet-Lite XLS Even lower plunger forces than Pipet-Lite

129

XLS Ergonomic Manual Pipettes

Pipet-Lite™ XLS Low Force – Extreme Accuracy and Precision XLS Single-channel Lighter and smoother operation, new design

XLS+ Multichannel Ideal for 96-well plate work

XLS Adjustable Spacer Fast format changes between plates and tubes

Pipet-Lite XLS further reduces plunger force and tip ejection forces. Eleven models cover ­volume ranges from 0.1 µL to 20 mL. LTS and traditional ­models. The RFID tag in every XLS model promotes easy ­calibration management.

Pipet-Lite XLS+ multichannels with lightweight liquid ends and redesigned seals give perfect sealing, consistent sample pickup on all channels and reproducible results. With volumes from 1 to 1200 μL, in 8 or 12 channel formats, these multichannel pipettes exceed laboratory requirements.

Pipet-Lite XLS Adjustable Spacer pipettes quickly change between 24- or 96-well plate formats with just a twist. Set nozzle spacing between 9 and 19 mm and increase your productivity. Volume settings 5 – 1200 µL, and the liquid end rotates 360° for fast alignment.

www.mt.com/rainin-xls 130

Cat.-No.

Pipet-Lite, Single-channel

Part. No.

0.1–2 µL

17011784

0.5–10 µL

17011780

L-20XLS 2–20 µL

17011785

L-100XLS 10–100 µL

17011781

L-200XLS 20–200 µL

17011786

L-300XLS 20–300 µL

17011789

L-1000XLS 100–1000 µL

17011782

L-2000XLS 200–2000 µL

17011787

L-5000XLS 500–5000 µL

17011790

L-10MLXLS 1–10 µL

17011783

L-20MLXLS 2–20 µL

17011788

L-STARTXLS

17011791

L-2XLS

L-10XLS

Starter Kit*

Pipet-Lite XLS Pipettes – Best in Class

* Starter Kit: L-20XLS, L-200XLS, L-1000XLS and accessories

Cat.-No. 8-Channel

Pipet-Lite, Multichannel

Part. No.

L8-10XLS+

1–10 µL

17013802

L8-20XLS+

2–20 µL

17013803

L8-50XLS+

5–50 µL

17013804

L8-200XLS+

20–200 µL

17013805

L8-300XLS+

20–300 µL

17013806

L8-1200XLS

100–1200 µL

17011829

L12-10XLS+

1–10 µL

17013807

L12-20XLS+

2–20 µL

17013808

L12-50XLS+

5–50 µL

17013809

L12-200XLS+

20–200 µL

17013810

L12-300XLS+

20–300 µL

17013811

L12-1200XLS

100–1200 µL

17011835

Pipet-Lite, Adjustable Spacer

Part. No.

12-Channel

Cat.-No. 6-Channel

20–300 µL

17011841

100–1200 µL

17011840

5–50 µL

17011844

LA8-300XLS

20-300 µL

17011843

LA8-1200XLS

100-1200 µL

17011842

LA6-300XLS LA6-1200XLS 8-Channel LA8-50XLS

Cat. No. HU-M3 HU-S3 CR-7 HU-A3

Accessories Magnetic Hang-Ups with Magnet, set of 3 Shelf Hang-Ups without Magnet, 3 on a bracket Carousel Stand for 7 pipettes with fingerhook Adapter for Hang-Ups and Carousel Stand

for use with electronic and multichannel pipettes

Part. No. 17003024 17004992 17001255 17006638

RFID Accessories Cat. No. RFID-KIT

RFID-RDR LabX-Pipet

Description RFID Kit incl. RFID Reader and LabX Direct Pipette-Scan Software Rainin RFID Reader LabX Direct Pipette-Scan Software

Part. No. 17011966 17011964 17011965

131

XLS Ergonomic Electronic Pipettes

The App Master E4 XLS Accelerates Your Workflow Single-channel Simplicity without compromise

Multichannel Precision across all channels

Adjustable Spacer Quickly move samples between different f­ormats

The E4 XLS is the new standard in electronic pipetting. With a large 16-bit color screen, and loaded with features and functionality, E4 XLS brings a revolutionary new approach to navigation with its joystick and carousel menu. It’s intuitive and easy to use.

High-throughput 96-well plate work is fast and easy with E4 XLS+ lightweight multichannels in 8- or 12 channel formats.

Advanced modes make quick work of setting highly complex protocols. Superior channel-to channel consistency on E4 XLS+ means highly reproducible results.

E4 XLS Spacers let you set nozzle spacing for 24- or 96-well plates with just a twist: 9 - 19 mm on 6-channel and 9 - 14 mm on 8-channel ­models. The liquid end rotates 360° for quick alignment with the plate. E4 XLS Spacers are ideal for genomic, proteomic and cell culture applications.

www.mt.com//rainin-xls

132

BASIC AD

VA

ET AR TIT

The E4 XLS carousel-like menu makes switching between features and functions fast and easy.

NC

ED

MU

LT

I-D

IS

PE

NS E M AN UA L

ESREVE

Cat.-No. E4-10XLS E4-20XLS E4-100XLS E4-200XLS E4-300XLS E4-1000XLS E4-2000XLS E4-5000XLS E4-10MLXLS E4-20MLXLS

E4 XLS Single-Channel 0.5–10 µL 2–20 µL 10–100 µL 20–200 µL 20–300 µL 100–1000 µL 200–2000 µL 500–5000 µL 1–10 mL 2–20 mL

Part. No. 17012305 17012306 17012307 17012308 17012309 17012310 17012311 17012312 17012313 17012314

Cat.-No. 8-Channel E8-10XLS+ E8-20XLS+ E8-50XLS+ E8-200XLS+ E8-300XLS+ E8-1200XLS 12-Channel E12-10XLS+ E12-20XLS+ E12-50XLS+ E12-200XLS+ E12-300XLS+ E12-1200XLS

E4 XLS Multichannel

Part. No.

1–10 µL 2–20 µL 5–50 µL 20–200 µL 20–300 µL 100–1200 µL

17013792 17013793 17013794 17013795 17013796 17012326

1–10 µL 2–20 µL 5–50 µL 20–200 µL 20–300 µL 100–1200 µL

17013797 17013798 17013799 17013800 17013801 17012320

Cat.-No. 6-Channel EA6-300XLS EA6-1200XLS 8-Channel EA8-50XLS EA8-300XLS EA8-1200XLS

E4 XLS Adjustable Spacer

Part. No.

20–300 µL 100–1200 µL

17012327 17012328

5–50 µL 20-300 µL 100-1200 µL

17012329 17012330 17012331

R

See the E4 XLS in action Watch our video: www.mt.com/raininE4

Cat. No. Accessories E4-RCS Rapid Charging Stand E4-WPS Wall Power Supply E4-BATT Battery E4-USB USB Cable

Part. No. 17012332 17012878 17012337 17012336

RFID Accessories Cat. No. RFID-KIT

RFID-RDR LabX-Pipet

Description RFID Kit incl. RFID Reader and LabX Direct Pipette-Scan software Rainin RFID Reader LabX Direct Pipette-Scan Software

Part. No. 17011966 17011964 17011965

133

PureSpeed Sample Preparation Tips

Sample Preparation Simplified Capture PureSpeed Makes it Fast and Easy!

PureSpeed Tips radically simplify the purification of proteins and other biomolecules.

WIth the E4 XLS pipette, they offer a convenient, low-cost, semiautomated method of purifying biomolecules.

• Excellent Purity compared to existing technologies • High Concentration – no additional concentration steps needed Wash • High Throughput –Capture process up to 12 samples in parallel • Affinity Resins • Ion Exchange Resins • C18 Desalting Resin

Rainin PureSpeed™ Tips radically simplify purification of antibodies and recombinant ­proteins. This innovative approach produces the highest concentration of purified protein, ­allowing many options for downstream functional assays. PureSpeed’s unique process draws sample repeatedly over a low dead volume, packed resin bed offering controlled ­contact time with the resin and higher binding kinetics.

Wash

Capture PureSpeed’s unique process maximizes protein recoveryElute by repeatedly drawing samples over a low-dead-volume packed resin bed in the tip’s end.

134

Elute

Purify Repetitive multiple wash steps remove unbound, nonspecific proteins and contaminants for ultra-pure protein fractions.

Elute In the final step, a small volume of low pH elution buffer releases the protein from the resin, producing highly pure, concentrated protein.

From Milliliter to Microliter…

Fast Purification Using the PureSpeed protocol offered on Rainin’s E4 XLS electronic pipette, PureSpeed tips offer a convenient, low-cost method of purifying micro-scale volumes of target protein in as little as 15 minutes. PureSpeed tips are supplied in clamshells containing 12 tips each and are available for affinity purification, ion-exchange and for desalting (PureSpeed C18 desalting tips also available in packs of 96 and 960.)

PureSpeed Affinity Tips and Accessories

PureSpeed Ion Exchange Tips

Catalog No.

MT Order No. Description

Catalog No.

PT-2-A5

17012561

ProA 5 µL Resin, 200 µL tip, 12 tips

PT-10-WC80 17014191

1000 + 80 µL Weak Cation Exchange Resin, 12 Tips

MT Order No. Description

PT-2-A20

17012562

ProA 20 µL Resin, 200 µL tip, 12 tips

PT-10-WC20 17014190

1000 + 20 µL Weak Cation Exchange Resin, 12 Tips

PT-2-G5

17012563

ProG 5 µL Resin, 200 µL tip, 12 tips

PT-10-SC80

17014189

1000 + 80 µL Strong Cation Exchange Resin, 12 Tips

PT-2-G20

17012564

ProG 20 µL Resin, 200 µL tip, 12 tips

PT-10-SC20

17014188

1000 + 20 µL Strong Cation Exchange Resin, 12 Tips

PT-2-N5

17012566

IMAC 5 µL Resin, 200 µL tip, 12 tips

PT-10-WA80

17014187

1000 + 80 µL Weak Anion Exchange Resin, 12 Tips

PT-2-N20

17012567

IMAC 20 µL Resin, 200 µL tip, 12 tips

PT-10-WA20

17014186

1000 + 20 µL Weak Anion Exchange Resin, 12 Tips

PT-10-A20

17012568

ProA 20 µL Resin, 1000 µL tip, 12 tips

PT-10-SA80

17014185

1000 + 80 µL Strong Anion Exchange Resin, 12 Tips

PT-10-A80

17012569

ProA 80 µL Resin, 1000 µL tip, 12 tips

PT-10-SA20

17014184

1000 + 20 µL Strong Anion Exchange Resin, 12 Tips

PT-10-G20

17012570

ProG 20 µL Resin, 1000 µL tip, 12 tips

PT-10-G80

17012571

ProG 80 µL Resin, 1000 µL tip, 12 tips

PureSpeed Ion Exchange Starter Kits

PT-10-N20

17012572

IMAC 20 µL Resin, 1000 µL tip, 12 tips

PT-S10-E4

17013725

E4-1000XLS and Accessory Kit

17013546

E8-1200XLS and Accessory Kit

17013547

E12-1200XLS and Accessory Kit

PT-10-N80

17012573

IMAC 80 µL Resin, 1000 µL tip, 12 tips

PT-S10-E8

PT-E4-SD

17012587

E4 XLS Micro SD Card with PureSpeed Protocol

PT-S10-E12

PT-ACC

17012588

PureSpeed Accessories

LR-P2-96P-5

17012623

2.2 µL 96-Deepwell Plate

PureSpeed Starter Kits

PureSpeed C18 Desalting Tips Catalog No.

MT Order No. Description 17014043

20 µL PureSpeed C18 Desalting Tips, LTS, 12 Tips

PT-S10-E12

17013547

Starter Kit E12-1200XLS and Accessory Kit

PT-LC18-12

PT-S10-E8

17013546

Starter Kit E8-1200XLS and Accessory Kit

PT-C18-12

17014044

10 µL PureSpeed C18 Desalting Tips, Universal, 12 Tips

PT-LC18-96

17014045

20 µL PureSpeed C18 Desalting Tips, LTS, 96 Tips

PT-C18-96

17014046

10 µL PureSpeed C18 Desalting Tips, Universal, 96 Tips

PT-S2-E12

17013549

Starter Kit E12-200XLS+ and Accessory Kit

PT-S2-E8

17013548

Starter Kit E8-200XLS+ and Accessory Kit

PT-S2-E4

17013724

Starter Kit E4-200XLS and Accessory Kit

PT-S10-E4

17013725

Starter Kit E4-1000XLS and Accessory Kit

See how PureSpeed works Watch our video: www.mt.com/purespeed

PT-LC18-960 17014047

20 µL PureSpeed C18 Desalting Tips, LTS, 960 Tips

PT-C18-960

10 µL PureSpeed C18 Desalting Tips, Universal, 960 Tips

17014048

Rainin, Pipetting 360°, LTS, E4, XLS and PureSpeed are trademarks of METTLER TOLEDO, Inc

135

Benchtop 96-well Pipetting

Liquidator™ 96 The Manual Multi-Task Master Manually pipette into 96 wells simultaneously on a bench top or in a laminar flow cabinet. No electricity, computer programming or complicated robotics are required. Liquidator 96 is completely portable and easily moves between labs and benches.

Faster than other manual pipettes and an effective alternative to complicated robotic systems. Total speed control: fast for rapid filling of master mix into a PCR plate or slow for delicate or expensive samples.

Consistently reliable results when using inert and contamination-free BioClean LTS tips. Manufactured under clean room conditions BioClean tips are ideal for PCR use, tissue culture, genetic studies, forensic applications and much more.

Ergonomic Liquidator 96 uses L­ iquidator LTS tips to dramatically r­educe tip mounting and ejection forces.

The whole hand operates the control levers for reduced strain, and two levers make it easy to eject all 96 tips at once. Counterbalanced design for light operation.

136

Saves Time Faster than all other manual ­pipetting methods, including ­expensive 4- and 8-channel ­robots. Easily fills 96 wells in less than 20 seconds. Perfect when preparing master mixes and for getting a PCR plate into the thermal cycler fast.

96 to 384 wells Simple operation, no technician time or complicated program parameters to enter.

A 96-well plate can be loaded in seconds and a 384-well plate in just four passes.

Cat. No. LIQ-96-200

Description 96-well Manual Benchtop Pipettor, 5-200 µL

Part No. 17010335

Accessories (1 of each supplied with Liquidator) LIQ-AP Height adjustment posts 17010396 LIQ-384PA 384-well adapter plate stage 17010394 LIQ-TRAY Deep-well 8-section reservoir 17010582 LIQ-MAG1 24-post Magnetic bead separator, for 96 wells 17011288 LIQ-MAG2 96-post magnetic bead separator for 384 wells 17011289

”We process 20-40 PCR plates every day, and Liquidator 96 reduces the risk of wrist injury associated with repeated pipetting.

Faster processing means we can save as much as $5,000 per year – Liquidator is excellent for viscous lysates with clots and for minimizing cross-contamination...”

Natalia Ivanova, Ph.D. Lead DNA Scientist Canadian Centre for DNA Barcoding University of Guelph, Ontario

See Liquidator in action Watch our video at www.mt.com/liq96

Liquidator LTS Tips LQR-20 Liquidator LTS tips 20 µL LQR-20S Liquidator LTS tips. pre-sterilized 20 µL LQR-20F Liquidator LTS tips, aerosol-resistant 20 µL LQR-200 Liquidator LTS tips 200 µL LQR-200S Liquidator LTS tips. pre-sterilized 200 µL LQR-200F Liquidator LTS tips, aerosol-resistant 200 µL LQS-20 Liquidator LTS tips 20 µL LQS-20S Liquidator LTS tips. pre-sterilized 20 µL LQS-200 Liquidator LTS tips 200 µL LQS-200S Liquidator LTS tips. pre-sterilized 200 µL

17011185 17011186 17011117 17010645 17010647 17010646 17011187 17011287 17010648 17010649

Liquidator Reservoirs, Blocks, Strips, Caps, Holder LR-R1-PB-5 Low profile, pyramidal bottoms, 5-pack LR-R1-PB-5-S Sterile low profile, pyramidal bottoms, 5-ind. wrap LR-R2-PB-5 Full profile, pyramidal bottoms, 5-pack LR-R2-PB-5-S Sterile Full profile, pyramidal bottoms, 5-ind. wrap LR-R1-8V-5 Low profile, 8-channel V-bottoms, 5-pack LR-R1-8V-5-S Sterile low profile, 8-channel V-bottoms, 5-ind. wrap.

LR-R2-8V-5 Full profile, 8-channel V-bottoms, 5-pack LR-R2-8V-5-S Sterile full profile, 8-channel V-bottoms, 5-ind. wrap.

LR-R1-12V-5 Low profile, 12-channel V-bottoms, 5-pack LR-R1-12V-5-S Sterile low profile, 12-channel V-bottoms, 5-ind. wrap.

LR-R2-12V-5 Full profile, 12-channel V-bottoms, 5-pack LR-R2-12V-5-S Sterile full profile, 8-channel V-bottoms, 5-ind. wrap.

LR-P2-96P-5 2.2 mL 96-deepwell block, 5-pack LR-P2-96P-5-S Sterile 2.2 mL 96-deepwell block, 5-ind. wrap LR-P2-96-M-5 Silicone seal fits 96-deepwell block, 5-pack LR-P2-96-M-5-S Sterile silicone seal fits 96-deepwell block, 5-ind. wrap LR-T-96-5 1.2 mL racked microtube strips (8x12) 5-pack LR-T-96-5-S Sterile 1.2 mL racked microtube strips (8x12) 5-pack LR-T-CS8 Microtube strip caps (8) Box of 300 LR-T-CS8-S Sterile microtube strip caps (8) 25 bags/12 strips ea.

LIQ-96-ADP Aluminum 96-well PCR plate holder

17012602 17012603 17012604 17012605 17012606 17012607 17012608 17012609 17012612 17012613 17012610 17012611 17012623 17012624 17012625 17012626 17012627 17012628 17012629 17012630 17012767

137

Good Pipetting Practice

Pipette Service by the Experts Optimize Your Pipetteâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Performance METTLER TOLEDO has the worldâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s most extensive network of ISO/IEC 17025 accredited pipette calibration laboratories. In order to deliver the best service to you, we have optimized every aspect of our service from controlled laboratory environments and manufacturer authorized spare parts to certified pipette technicians and specialized calibration software.

Uptime

Performance

Compliance

Expertise

OEM parts ensure top performance

Only rely on well maintained pipettes

Certified results you can always trust

Expertise for optimal accuracy and precision

Pipette performance greatly relies on the integrity of its components.

Regularly scheduled calibration and preventive maintenance ensure top performance and reduce downtime caused by out-of-specification pipettes.

Our software systems, processes and reports meet or exceed your needs for regulatory compliance.

With over 40 years of experience, we have the expertise to deliver the quality you expect.

This is why we maintain an extensive inventory of manufacturer authorized spare parts for all major brands and types of pipettes.

138

Our network of ISO 17025 accredited labs is equipped to maintain your pipettes in peak condition.

It supports every step of the calibration process and assures full traceability of data according to ISO 8655 and FDA 21 CFR part 11.

Extensively trained service technicians calibrating your pipettes in environmentally controlled calibration labs, assure highest accuracy and precision documented in professional certificates.

Service

All pipettes entering calibration receive these ­valuable services: Inspection

Visual inspection and functional check

Cleaning

Internal and external components

Sealing

Visual check and pressurized leak test

Parts

Replacement of seals, o-rings, shafts and pistons

Repair

Use of original manufacturer parts only

Calibration

Gravimetric, based on your regulatory needs

Docu

Calibration certificates, calibration labels

Improve your data quality with GPP â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the Good Pipetting Practice (GPP), our comprehensive, systematic approach to maximizing pipetting accuracy and repeatability.

Schedule a GPP Seminar with our GPP experts that train you and your team right in your lab.

Learn more about GPP www.mt.com/gpp

139

BioClean Tips

BioClean™ Tips in Green Packaging Reducing Waste at the Source Many labs today are concerned with reducing environmental impact.

Rainin has long been a pioneer in addressing these concerns through innovative package designs for tip-rack refilling to reduce plastic waste at the source.

85% less waste

Sleeve made from recycled water bottles, plates from recycled polypropylene

Waste from 10 Racks

from SpaceSaver

Green-Pak™ SpaceSaver™ Stacked Refills – 85% less waste

Green-Pak Individual Refills – 75% less waste

SpaceSaver refills are protected from contamination by the sleeve, a rack and a lid. SpaceSaver uses only 35% of the space used by 10 racks. The outer shell is made of recycled water bottles and the plates from waste tip material.

Available standard or presterilized.

Green-Pak refills are completely sealed, eliminating contamination. Filter and presterilized tips are irradiated and certified free of DNase, RNase, DNA, pyrogens and ATP. Fast, trouble-free loading.

Available standard, presterilized or presterilized with aerosol-resistant filter tips.

www.mt.com/rainin 140

BioClean Tips

LTS Tips for Rainin LTS Pipettes Cat. No.

Description

Green-Pak SpaceSaver: Stacked Tip Rack Refills GPS-L10 960 LTS tips in 10 refills GPS-L10S 960 LTS tips in 10 refills, presterilized GPS-L250 960 LTS tips in 10 refills GPS-L250S 960 LTS tips in 10 refills, presterilized GPS-L300 768 LTS tips in 8 refills GPS-L300S 768 LTS tips in 8 refills, presterilized GPS-L1000 768 LTS tips in 8 refills GPS-L1000S 768 LTS tips in 8 refills

Max Capacity

Item

20 µL 20 µL 200 µL 200 µL 300 µL 300 µL 1000 µL 1000 µL

17005091 17005090 17005093 17005092 17005095 17005094 17005089 17005088

Green-Pak Indvidual Tip Rack Refills GP-L10 960 LTS tips in 10 refills 20 µL GP-L10S 960 LTS tips in 10 refills, presterilized 20 µL GP-L10F 960 LTS tips in 10 refills, presterilized, filter 20 µL GP-L250 960 LTS tips in 10 refills 200 µL GP-L250S 960 LTS tips in 10 refills, presterilized 200 µL GP-L200F 960 LTS tips in 10 refills, presterilized, filter 200 µL GP-L1000 768 LTS tips in 8 refills 1000 µL GP-L1000S 768 LTS tips in 8 refills, presterilized 1000 µL GP-L1000F 768 LTS tips in 8 refills, presterilized, filter 1000 µL GPR-L10 Empty racks for 20 µL tips, red, pkg of 10 GPR-L250 Empty racks for 200/250-µL tips green, pkg of 10 GPR-L1000 Empty racks for 1 mL-tips, blue, pkg of 8

17002424 17002430 17002429 17002425 17002431 17002428 17002423 17002427 17002426 17001865 17001863 17001864

Removable Cover-Rack Tips RT-L10 960 LTS tips in 10 racks RT-L10S 960 LTS tips in 10 racks, presterilized RT-L10F 960 LTS tips in 10 racks, presterilized, filter RT-L200F 960 LTS tips in 10 racks, presterilized, filter RT-L250 960 LTS tips in 10 racks RT-L250S 960 LTS tips in 10 racks, presterilized RT-L250W 960 LTS Wide-orifice tips in 10 racks RT-L250WS 960 LTS Wide-orifice tips in 10 racks, presterilized RT-L300 768 LTS tips in 8 racks RT-L300S 768 LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized RT-L300F 768 LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized, filter RT-L1000 768 LTS tips in 8 racks RT-L1000S 768 LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized RT-L1000F 768 LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized, filter RT-L1000W 768 LTS Wide-orifice tips in 8 racks RT-L1000WS 768 LTS Wide-orifice tips in 8 racks, presterilized RT-L1200 768 LTS tips in 8 racks RT-L1200S 768 LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized RT-L1200F 768 LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized, filter RT-L2000 480 LTS tips in 8 racks RT-L2000S 480 LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized RT-L2000F 480 LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized, filter RT-L5000 192 LTS tips in 8 racks RT-L5000S 192 LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized

20 µL 20 µL 20 µL 200 µL 200 µL 200 µL 200 µL 200 µL 300 µL 300 µL 300 µL 1000 µL 1000 µL 1000 µL 1000 µL 1000 µL 1200 µL 1200 µL 1200 µL 2000 µL 2000 µL 2000 µL 5000 µL 5000 µL

17002930 17002929 17002928 17002927 17002932 17002931 17007102 17007101 17002935 17002934 17002933 17002922 17002921 17002920 17007100 17007099 17006421 17006420 17006419 17002926 17002924 17002923 17002937 17002936

StableStak Double-96-Format Stacked Racks SS-L10 960 LTS tips in 5 layers SS-L10S 960 LTS tips in 5 layers SS-L250 960 LTS tips in 5 layers SS-L250S 960 LTS tips in 5 layers SS-L300 768 LTS tips in 4 layers SS-L300S 768 LTS tips in 4 layers SS-L1000 768 LTS tips in 4 layers SS-L1000S 768 LTS tips in 4 layers

20 µL 20 µL 200 µL 200 µL 300 µL 300 µL 1000 µL 1000 µL

17005873 17005872 17005875 17005874 17005877 17005876 17007090 17007089

Bulk Tips RC-L10 RC-L250 RC-L300 RC-L1000 RC-L1200 RC-L2000 RC-L5000 RC-L10ML RC-L10MLS RC-L20ML RC-L20MLS

20 µL 200 µL 300 µL 1000 µL 1200 µL 2000 µL 5000 µL 10 mL 10 mL 20 mL 20 mL

17001128 17001118 17001132 17001129 17006324 17001130 17001133 17001119 17005940 17001131 17005941

1000 LTS tips in bags 1000 LTS tips in bags 1000 LTS tips in bags 1000 LTS tips in bags 1000 LTS tips in bags 1000 LTS tips in bags 1000 LTS tips in bags 200 LTS tips in bags 75 LTS tips in bags, prstrl., indiv. wrapped 100 LTS tips in bags 50 LTS tips in bags, prstrl., indiv. wrapped

Complete ordering information for Rainin LTS and traditional conical tips is available online at www.mt.com/rainin.

141

Titration

The Right Titration System for Every Application

Page Overview 144 – 145 Titration Excellence Line 146 – 149 Titration Automation 150 – 151 Compact Titrator G20 152 Sodium Analyzer 153 EasyPlus™ Titration 154 – 155 Karl Fischer Titration 156 – 157 ® LabX Titration 2014 Software 158 – 159 Services for Titrators 160 – 163 Accessories 164 – 169

143

Overview

Titration Systems Select the Right One One Click速 Titration Excellence Line

Millions of titration analyses are performed every day. Using an automatic titrator precision and reliability in the research and quality control laboratories are significantly improved. METTLER TOLEDO offers a wide range of titrators and accessories and assists you with a deep knowledge about the hundreds of different titration applications.

Modular general titrators providing simple, efficient and secure performance for all titration analysis purposes in a large variety of industry segments.

Excellence Line

Concentration determination with highest precision and productivity.

144

Overview

Our wide range of sample changers and accessories allow for complete automation of sample preparation, titration, cleaning and more.

Simple and affordable entry level titrator for basic potentiometric and volumetric Karl Fischer applications.

Volumetric and coulometric Karl Fischer titrators for determining the water content of solids, liquids and gases.

The new LabX Titration software to control and manage titration systems is open for other instruments of the LabX platform.

LabX® Titration Software

Power Your Titration Bench with LabX®

Karl Fischer

One Click® Water Determination Karl Fischer Titration

EasyPlus™

EasyPlus™ Entry Level Titrator

Automation

Automation Flexible and Efficient

145

Titration Excellence

One Click® Titration Simple, Efficient, Secure, Modular

One Click® titration means a milestone in solutions for simple, efficient and secure titration. The Titration Excellence models T50, T70, and T90 provide intuitive and easy operation, maximize efficiency in daily tasks and eliminate potential operator errors. All models combine more than 500 general titration applications with volumetric Karl Fischer titration. Titration Excellence means a two in-one instrument and offers the utmost application power with simplest operation using minimum bench space.

146

Simple

Efficient

Secure

The intuitive user guidance of the brilliant color touchscreen makes the operation very s­ imple.

You get familiar with the instrument in a very short time by clever navigation properties, task buttons informing about current analyses and the unique user specific Homescreen.

Specific Shortcuts can be set up on the Homescreen for the start of a manual or automated task with just one keystroke.

Sophisticated Plug&Play make sensors, burettes, burette drives, sample changers, balances etc. immediately ready for use on connection. Errors in the installation are a thing of the past.

Both the titrant and the sensor are automatically detected upon connection to the titrator and all applicable data are saved on the burette or sensor chip. These data is directly transferred to the titrator, where they can be saved and monitored. Plug&Play – safe and secure titration couldn’t get any simpler.

Titration Excellence

Modular

The modular platform of the Titration Excellence line guarantees that you are optimally prepared for future challenges.

Your investment is protected by the possibility for a tailored upgrade of hardware and software at any time you want.

Order our detailed product brochure

147

Titration Excellence

One Click® Titration Simple, Efficient, Secure, Modular T50 The first level of Excellence

T70 The allrounder

T90 Highest flexibility

A ready-to-go-system capable of general and volumetric Karl F­ ischer titration, for users who need a simple, ­rugged and easily-understandable titrator for performing routine analyses quickly and efficiently, available in two versions: • T50 M Terminal: ­Manual ­titration stand and T­ erminal as control unit • T50 A Terminal: Rondolino automated titration stand and Terminal as control unit

A titrator for general and volumetric Karl Fischer titration including multi­tasking, flexible method editing, upgradeability (additional pH-sensor or conductivity board or T90 functionality) and method loops for the integration of ­various methods into one as well as Sample Series Sequences.

A flexible and expandable system which is easily adaptable to current and future needs.

The titrator that runs general and volumetric Karl Fischer titration in parallel including conditional method functions (“if … then” logical conditions to decide how the analysis shall proceed) and Sample Series Sequences to integrate sample series of various methods into one. A titrator providing highest flexibility in method development to solve complex analyses and automation tasks.

www.mt.com/titration 148

Titration Excellence

Comparison Table Titration Excellence Line Features T50 T70 T90 Analysis type Acid/base, precipitation (Cl–, Br–, etc.), redox, complexometric and photometric titrations • • •

pH stat, pH and ion selective and conductivity direct measurements and titration • • •

Two-phase titrations • • •

Volumetric Karl Fischer titration • (V20) • • One Click® Titration Shortcuts per user 12 12 12 Automation InMotion Autosampler • • •

Rondolino autom. titration stand • • •

Liquid Handler automated dosing and pipetting device - • •

Continuous Run - • •

RS interface to trigger tasks and exchange results by other instruments • • • Hot Plug&Play Plug&Play sensor recognition • • •

Automatic burette recognition with titrant and titer • • •

Solvent Manager • • •

Burette drive • • •

USB printer • • •

USB Memory stick • • •

USB barcode reader • • • Burette drives Max. number to dispense and titrate 1 (internal) 1 (internal) 1 (internal)

+1 external + 3 external +7 external

Max. number to dispense only +2 external Methods and series KF standard methods • (V20) • •

KF external extraction/dissolution dedicated method type – • •

KF autostart: automatic start after sample addition • • •

KF Stromboli oven automation – • •

Learn titration for the automatic optimisation of the titration

parameters used in the method • • •

Max. Number of method functions per method 15 60 120

Max. Number of loops per method: combination of multiple titration in one method 1 3 6

“if…then” decisions in method – – •

Express samples; can be inserted during the current series – • •

Series sequences: combination of individual samples series of different methods – 10 10

Number of samples per series 200 200 200

Pre-programmed METLLER TOLEDO methods for the most important applications > 40 > 50 > 50

Max. number of methods 100 100 100 Languages Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Korean, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish • • • PC software LabX® Titration Express / Server • • • Homogenizer RS232-C and TTL-I/O • • • Control and evaluation End point titration (EP) with dynamic and continuous titrant addition • • •

Equivalence point titration (EQP) with dynamic or incremental titrant addition • • •

Five different curve evaluation procedures with EQP titrations:

standard, asymmetric, segmented, min, max • • •

Predefined formulas for the most common calculations

as well as freely definable calculation formulas • • •

Number of calculations per method 6 40 40 Task list Number of tasks in task list – 10 30

Number of tasks running parallel – 7 8 Online Help

• • • Parallel titration

– – • Expandable – to T90 – Sensor Boards pH/mV sensor or Conductivity (optional / standard) 1 2/1 3/1 Sensor inputs Potentiometric (optional / standard) 2/2 4/2 6/2

Polarized (optional / standard) 1/1 2/1 3/1

Reference (optional / standard) 1/1 2/1 3/1

PT1000 (optional / standard) 1/1 2/1 3/1

Conductivity (optional / standard) 1/0 2/0 3/0 Part No. *T50 M Terminal *T70 Terminal *T90 Terminal

*T50 A Terminal

* • T50 M Terminal: 51109001 (T50 main unit including Terminal, 10 mL burette and manual titration stand kit) • T50 A Terminal: 51109002 (T50 main unit including Terminal, 10 mL burette and automated titration stand Rondolino) • T70 Terminal: 51109011 (T70 main unit including Terminal) • T90 Terminal: 51109013 (T90 main unit including Terminal)

149

Titration Automation

Complete Automation for Titration Processes Automation is more than sample throughput. From the simple to use Rondolino to our high throughput InMotion™ Autosamplers, we have a solution for you.

More than going from sample to sample, our wide range of accessories can fully automate sampling, identification, temperature controls and much more.

Automation Solutions Need Temperature Control Liquid Sampling/Pipetting Reading Sample IDs Reagent and Waste Control Protection Cleaning Connectivity

Solution Water Bath racks and DH100 InMotion Aliquot Kit, Liquid Handler and TV6 valve Barcode reader and SmartSample™ weighing Solvent Manager, peristaltic and diaphragm pumps CoverUp™ Lid Handling and LevelSens PowerShower™ cleaning system and Line Rinse LED Status Indicators on towers

Productive throughput From the simple to use 9 sample Rondolino up to over 300 samples with the InMotion Max 25 mL system, maximize your productivity with minimal bench space.

Stack magnetic pumps vertically for further space reduction.

150

Tailored Workflows Advanced programming allows for complex and thorough cleaning, rinsing, and conditioning steps. Automatically pipette and transfer samples with the Liquid Handler and TV6 sampling valve.

For your samples Protect your samples and/or operators with the CoverUp Lid Handling systems and control the temperature of the entire rack of samples with the Water Bath racks. Integrate a barcode reader or SmartSample RFID technology for automatic sample identification.

Titration Automation

Put Your Lab InMotionâ&#x201E;˘ Flexible and Efficient Autosamplers

InMotion Bases Base Type

Part Number

Flex

30094121

Pro

30094122

Max

30094123

Corresponding InMotion Rack Kits Number Beaker of Samples Size (mL) Part Number 50 25 30094124 27 80 30094125 18 100 30094126 15 180 30094127 11 250 30094128 182 25 30094129 69 80 30094130 34 100 30094131 23 180 30094132 303 25 30094134 113 80 30094135 55 100 30094136 43 180 30094137 24 250 30094138

InMotion Complete Autosampler InMotion Flex Base and 100 mL Rack Kit

30094120

Temperature Control Water Bath Rack Kits Flex 18 samples, 100mL Pro 61 samples, 80mL Pro 29 samples, 100mL

30094139 30094140 30094141

Rondolino Automatic titration stand for 9 samples

51108500

T50A T50 with Terminal and Rondolino

51109002

G20Rondolino G20 with Rondolino

51105521

Liquid Handler Automatic dosing and pipetting device

51371500

Flex, Max and Pro 100 mL racks

Order our detailed product brochure

151

Compact Titrator G20

The Intelligent Helper for Simple Titrations The Compact Titrator G20 is especially designed for basic routine applications and operation is as simple as possible.

It’s all in the push of a button

Compact and simple automation

Data storage in PC software

The large, color touchscreen with the One Click® user interface is easy to understand and you’ll be able to familiarize yourself with the screen in no time at all. Each user has an individual Homescreen with customized language selection and shortcut keys, which enable routine procedures to be executed with just one push of a button.

The automatic Rondolino titration stand is simple to install and uses minimal bench space.

Series of up to 9 samples are processed quickly and safely.

Dip-rinsing after each analysis ensures minimal carry-over and after the series, the sensor is moved to a fixed conditioning beaker.

LabX® Titration PC software ­offers full titrator control, safe data base archiving, efficient management of results with graphic monitoring and tailored result search filters. The con­ venient Windows®-based user interface and the integrated online help system enable the user to operate the G20 via LabX® in a reliable and safe manner. www.mt.com/G20-titrator

Model G20 G20Rondolino

Description G20 and Manual titration stand G20 and Rondolino automatic titration stand for analysis of up to 9 samples

Order Number 51105520 51105521

Order our detailed product brochure

152

Sodium Analyzer

Specific Sodium Determination Simple and Accurate If you need to measure the sodium content in your food and beverage products, the new Sodium Analyzer makes your analysis simple and fast. Reduce sample preparation using safe and cheap chemicals while specifically and exclusively measuring sodium ions.

Health risks related to excess salt

Simple and accurate analysis

Reduce investment and operation costs

The salt content of food products influences the taste, but can also adversely affect health. There is a clear link between sodium intake and high blood pressure. The World Health Organization (WHO) has published data showing that blood pressure is the number one health-risk factor in Europe and food producers are forced to declare or even reduce the standardly used salt (sodium chloride) content in foods.

This instrument was specifically designed to simplify the determination of sodium in food products using the standard addition technique. Simply add a sample and ionic strength adjustment (ISA) solution and start the measurement. Thatâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s it! No system calibration is necessary. Specific sodium analysis has never been so quick and easy.

Not only does the Sodium Analyzer reduce initial investment costs, it also reduces operation costs. Replace the silver nitrate (AgNO3) titrant normally used for chloride determination with the cheaper and safer sodium standards and reagents. Save operator time and increase productivity with fast sample measurements.

www.mt.com/SodiumAnalyzer

Model Easy Na

Description Sodium Analyzer

Order Number 51105520

Order our detailed product brochure

153

EasyPlus™ Titration

EasyPlus™ Titration Simple and Affordable The Swiss engineered EasyPlus™ Titrator from M ­ ETTLER TOLEDO offers a complete package for your routine application. Operation does not get simpler or more intuitive than this, thanks to the smartphone like iTitrate™ user interface and iTitrate™ intelligence.

154

Affordable Swiss technology Swiss engineering and the highest quality parts and materials make the compact and accurate titrator a perfect addition to any quality laboratory.

Quick start with iTitrate™ operation Operation is simple with the App based user interface and intuitive system menu navigation; save training time and make daily tasks simpler and quicker.

Service and Support Take advantage of our internet based service and support.

Videos, FAQ’s and a multitude of applications are just a click away.

Simple result data management Connect your EasyPlus™ ­Titrator to EasyDirect™ ­Titration Software and improve data management.

Be secure in the knowledge that all results are stored, organized and easily ­accessible.

Ready for your sample with iTitrate™ intelligence The built-in intelligence requires only a few parameters to be set before the instrument is ready for titration.

Easy Pro

www.mt.com/easyplustitration

Easy KFV

Features comparison table

Easy pH

Easy CI

Easy Ox

Easy Pro

Easy KFV

Application

Acid / Base

Precipitation

Redox

Karl Fischer volumetric 1 30060045

Number of Titration Methods

1

1

1

Acid / Base, Precipitation, Redox 3

Order Number

30060041

30060043

30060042

30060044

LongClick™

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Easy Start Tutorial

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Online Help

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Predefined Calculation

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Language

English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Russian, Chinese, Korean, Polish, Thai, Vietnamese, Turkish, Japanese, Arabic Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

EasyDirect™ PC connectivity

for more information see our accessories brochure and datasheets.

Performance Verification EasyPlus™ verification is made easy with our performance verification kit. Receive the prepared standard solution appropriate for your type of titration and simply run three analyses. Submit your results at the dedicated webpage with your EasyPlus™ Titration registration to receive an unbiased performance verification statement confirming your titrator’s accuracy.

155

Karl Fischer Titration

One Click速 Water Determination Simple & Secure Karl Fischer titration is the specific standard method for water 足content determination and gives accurate and precise results within 足minutes.

With the volumetric and coulometric Karl Fischer titrators your 足operators need only to press one button to run a water determination.

V20 / V30 Volumetric KF Titrators

C20 / C30 Coulometric KF Titrators

The Compact Volumetric Karl Fischer Titrators V20 and V30 determine water from 100 ppm to 100% in a wide range of liquid, solid and gaseous samples.

The Compact Coulometric Karl Fischer Titrators C20 and C30 offer particularly fast and precise titration of samples with a low water content from 1 ppm to 5%.

www.mt.com/Karl-Fischer 156

Karl Fischer Titration

Solvent Manager Safe handling

The Solvent Manager takes care of filling, draining and exchange of reagents.

It is controlled by the titrator and full security is guaranteed by the overflow protector in the waste bottle.

One Click® Titration

Hot Plug&Play

Automation User Management Methods and series

Languages PC software Part No.

DO308 Drying oven

Stromboli KF oven sample changer

The manual Karl Fischer drying oven DO308 allows safe oven applications with single samples using manual sample addition. It can be operated with the coulometric C20, C30, or volumetric V20, V30, T50, T70 and T90 Karl Fischer titrators.

The compact Stromboli Karl Fischer oven sample changer is fully controlled by the C30, V30, T70 or T90 Karl Fischer titrators and ­enables automated water determination of 14 solid or viscous samples in an unattended operation mode. The flexible method editor allows easy programming to run multiple sample or blank series and check samples at different temperatures ranging from 40 - 300°C.

Coulometric Generator Without Diaphragm

For most samples the current generator without diaphragm offers more convenience in use since no catholyte is needed and the anolyte can be exchanged with the Solvent Manager in One Click®.

Volumetric V20 4

V30 12

Coulometer C20D* 4

Shortcuts per user on user-specific Homescreen Solvent or Reagent Control – • – Solvent Manager • • • Burette recognition with titrant and titer • • – USB printer • • • Stromboli oven sample changer – • – Homogenizer – TTL – “Expert-Routine” user groups – • – External extraction/dissolution • – Number of samples per series 120 120 120 Preprogrammed METTLER TOLEDO – 11 – methods Bromine Index determinations – – – Max. number of user methods 5 100 5 Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Korean, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish LabX® Titration Express • • • • • • LabX® Titration Server Ready-to-start package 51105500 51105505 51105510

Order our detailed product brochure

C20X* 4

C30D* 12

C30X* 12

– • – • – – – – 120 –

• • – • • – • • 120 11

• • – • • – • • 120 11

– 5

• 100

• 100

• • 51105512

• • 51105515

• • 51105516

* X = Generator without diaphragm D = Generator with diaphragm

157

LabX Titration

Power Your Titration Bench with LabX® Control Your Analysis from Anywhere

Manage Your Titrations More Efficiently

Ensure Full Traceability

Either start your analysis at the instrument or from the PC and have constant access to both your current sample analysis and latest results. No m ­ atter where you are use the mail ­functionality in LabX® to have messages or results sent to you.

Fully automate the selection of the correct method and transcription of samples IDs with a barcode or SmartSample™ RFID tag. Thus, eliminate sample order errors by reading the sample information as you test it, as well as ensuring the right method is selected for each product.

The Regulation option of LabX server provides all the necessary tools to meet the FDA regulation (21 CFR Part 11) for data management and storage. All relevant actions taken at the instrument or PC are recorded in the audit trail of LabX for full traceability and flexibility, no matter where you work.

www.mt.com/LabXTitration 158

Modular Approach with LabX速

Titration Starter Packs LabX Titration Express

LabX Titration Server

Titrator Instrument License

Titrator Instrument License

Excellence Balance License

Excellence Balance License

Order our detailed product brochure

User Management Auto Import / Export

Included Optional User Management

Regulation

Auto Import / Export

System Integration

Instrument License

Advanced Report Designer

(1 additional)

Instrument License (28 additional)

159

Services for Titrators

Titration Service Solutions For Proven Accuracy Professionally executed installation and qualification (IQ/OQ) is a prerequisite for achieving correct titration results. In this way, your titrator performs ­perfectly from the beginning. METTLER TOLEDO offers a broad range of i­nstrument qualification and software verification solutions for titrators.

Service solutions to assure titration accuracy Need Professional installation Initial qualification Comprehensive qualification Training and education Evaluation of Measurement Uncertainty Performance Verification

Initial qualification: IPac METTLER TOLEDO’s trained and authorized service specialists perform instrument installation according to standardized SOPs and record all activities in the IPac. Installation qualification (IQ) and operation qualification (OQ) of your titration system are assured and documented.

160

Proposed service solution Equipment installation according to SOPs for all titrators and ­ associated devices IPac: IQ/OQ execution and documentation EQPac: equipment qualification EduPac: certified titration training MuPac: Assessment & Evaluation service VPac: Verify the performance yourself

Equipment qualification: EQPac EQPac is the total equipment qualification package, meeting the strictest regulatory demands and requirements. Comprehensive documentation with a professionally executed qualification procedure, ensures conformity and establishes complete traceability.

Titration expertise and training: EduPac Gain expertise in titration with practical hands-on workshops described in our EduPacs, ­instead of studying chemistry books. Easy understandable ­titration training helps to get your team up-to-speed with your new titration instrument.

Qualification

Product Families

Product Types

EQPac

Titration Excellence Volumetric KF Titrators Coulometric KF Titrators Titration Excellence Volumetric KF Titrators Coulometric KF Titrators Compact Titrator LabX Software General Titrators Volumetric KF Titrators Coulometric KF Titrators Titration Compact and Excellence Titrators EasyPlus Titrators

T50/T70/T90 V20/V30 C20/C30 T50/T70/T90 V20/V30 C20/C30 G20 LabX Titration T50/T70/T90/G20 V20/V30 C20/C30 T50/70/90 – C20/C30 V20/V30 – G20 Easy pH Acid Base Easy Cl Chloride

IPac

EduPac

MuPac Vpac

Order no.

English 51710454 51710659 51710656 51710450 51710651 51710648 51710766 51710898 51710883 51710889 51710886 30040345 30065502 30065503 30065504

Measurement Uncertainty

VPac Performance Verification

Measurement uncertainty calculations performed with GTP® MuPac. Based on a, ­preferably, validated customer method, GTP® MuPac yields a confidence interval of the respective titration result and a comprehensive quantitative assessment of all factors that influence your titration results.

Performance Verification is the recommended workflow to confirm faultless routine operation of the titrator and secure the result reliability. The VPac Performance ­Verification combines the convenience of ready-made standard kits and online verification.

161

Services for Titrators

Essential Services To Protect Your Investment To secure accurate and reliable results and thus protect your investment, METTLER TOLEDO recommends annual preventive maintenance combined with titrator calibration â&#x20AC;&#x201C; an attractive package tailored to best meet your service requirements.

Service solutions for routine operation Need Continuously high performance No break-downs Accuracy and precision User qualification

Preventive maintenance Professionally performed periodic maintenance of your titration system prevents from break-down and supports instrument performance. Preventive maintenance checklists are provided to support you in quality audits.

Proposed service solution Preventive maintenance combined with calibration service Preventive maintenance including updates and technical verification Calibration documented in calibration certificates Trainings, seminars, literature and consulting services

Calibration Calibration is essential for getting accurate and reliable titration results. Using traceable calibration tools ensures that the titrator functions according to its operational specifications. A calibration certificate provides the required proof for quality audits.

Expertise METTLER TOLEDO training packages for titration (EduPac binders), online and live webinars and seminars as well as consulting services help you to build up, increase and maintain titration expertise in your team, also when deploying new staff. www.mt.com/webinar-analytical

162

Continuously dependable results are only possible if measurement risks are identified and eventually eliminated. ­METTLER TOLEDO’s Good ­Titration Practice™ supports the customer in analyzing his specific process risk with the unique GTP® Risk Check tool. In addition, GTPSecure™ provides all services necessary to achieve accurate and reliable titration.

Your benefits with GTPSecure™ Need Accurate results Regulatory compliance Cost savings Documentation

Benefits Service solutions as part of GTPSecure™ ensure accurate titration results.

The accuracy and reliability of your titration results always complies with your ­quality requirements.

Preventive maintenance and calibration result in cost s­ avings.

Audit-proof and up-to-date documentation complements your ­quality management ­system.

Detailed information about titration service offering are available at: www.mt.com/GTP-Secure

163

Accessories

Accessories Accessories for Excellence Titrators and G20 Description Dosing Unit for dispensing and titration purposes Y-cable for simultaneous pump and stirrer connection Electrode holder set containing: – Electrode holder, attachment screw, electrode sleeve Manual titration stand containing: – Titration stand, attachment screw, spacing, clamping, threaded ring, titration vessel (2 pcs.), stopper set, ground joint adapter, electrode sleeve Manual titration kit containing – Manual titration stand, compact stirrer Auto titration kit containing: – Electrode holder set, compact stirrer Manual titration stand without accessories Diaphragm pump SD660 w/suction tube Suction tube with filter for SD660 Peristaltic pump SP280 Novoprene tubes for SP280/SPR200 (1x1 m; 10 x120 mm) Silicone tubes for SP280/SPR200 (5 x120 mm) ChemSure tube for SP280/SPR200 Solvent Manager Kit

G20 with Manual Titration Kit and DGi115-SC in a glass ­titration beaker

51109195

51109190 51109220 51109221 51109118 30094165 30094166 30094237 51190969 51108149 30094297 51105652

Accessories for Excellence Titrators

Accessories for all Compact Titrators

Description Terminal (with connection cable and protective cover) Protective cover for terminal Conductivity sensor board pH/mV sensor board T70 –> T90 Upgrade set External power supply unit 6-pol CAN cable, 20 cm 6-pol CAN cable, 60 cm USB cable A-A, 180 cm for PC connection OE06 Auxiliary Output Expander OE06 DH100 Heating System 110 V DH100 Heating System 230 V Tx Karl Fischer Kit Liquid Handler Handheld USB barcode reader Dosing tube adapter 4 to 1

Description Protective cover for Touchscreen External Power supply 100 – 240 VAC USB cable 1.8 m A-B for PC connection

Part No. 51109017 11132570 51109840 51109818 51109960 51109806 51109874 51109886 51191689 51108065 51108779 51108780 51105605 51371500 21901297 51108356

Excellence Titrator with sensor boards

164

Part No. 51109030 51109889

Part No. 51105567 51105795 51191926

Accessories

Accessories for Karl Fischer Titrators

Accessories for General Titrators

Description Solvent Manager Set DM143-SC Double pin Pt sensor 70 cm sensor cable for DM143-SC Silicone Tube 133 mm Silicone Tube 850 mm, Solvent Manager to solvent exchange bottle Clear glass bottle, 1L Flat gasket seal for bottles Molecular Sieve 3Å (250 g) O-ring for screw caps, black, (4/pk) Screw cap for solvent bottle Magnetic stir bar Drying tube with cover Silicon grease

Accessories Barcode reader (requires USB cable) USB cable to barcode reader LogStraight™ finger print reader Micropropeller stirrer rod Propeller stirring rod Sensor holder (when not in use) Bottle rack for 2x 1litre bottles TTL-I/O TBox DR42 TTL interface cable RS232 Connection Cable (DB9 F/F) RS232 Balance Cable (DB9 M/F)

Part No. 21901297 21901309 51192107 00655073 00101229 00025654 51107065 51107420 51190589 51190362 11101051

LevelSens™ Description LevelSens with holder, non-aqueous LevelSens with holder, aqueous LevelSens Box (connects up to 4 LevelSens) includes 20 cm CAN cable

Part No. 51109853 51109854 51109852

Part No. 51105600 51107699 51109183 51107480 51105581 30079610 00023981 00071478 51107496 00023937 51191159 00023961 00071300

Accessories for V20 and V30 Description Adapter for automatic draining of cell O-ring for titration head ST24 three hole adapter incl. ST10, ST7.5 and pin hole stoppers Stopper for three hole adapter (1 set: 1 ST10, 1 ST7.5, 6 pin hole stopper) Septum Stopper ST24 (10/pk) Septum Stopper ST10 (10/pk) Solvent delivery/drain tube with screw fitting Thermostatable titration vessel, 150 mL Titration vessel, 250 mL Homogenizer adapter set for IKA, 18 mm hole Homogenizer adapter set for IKA, 19 mm hole Homogenizer adapter set for Kinematica/Polytron, 12 mm hole

Part No. 51105594 51190366 00023982 00025883 00023950 00023949 51107481 51107497 51107463 51107409 30030846 51107534

Sample Handling Accessories Description Visco-Spoon™ Syringes, 1 mL (100 pcs) Syringes, 10 mL (100 pcs) Needles, 80 x 0.8 mm (100 pcs) Needles, 80 x 1.2 mm (12 pcs) Glass weigh boat for powders, 20 x 60 mm (5 pcs) Glass weigh boat for powders, 30 x 80 mm (5 pcs)

Part No. 51107668 00071492 00071482 00071484 00071483 00023951 00023952

Accessories for C20 and C30 Description Coulometric solvent exchange set Solvent delivery/drain tube Titration vessel Thermostatable titration vessel Coulometric generator with diaphragm Coulometric generator without diaphragm Generator cable PTFE stopper with septum disk Septum disk (12/pk)

Part No. 51105606 00023936 51108732 51109416 51108751 51108753 51107830 51108741 51108740

Visco-Spoon™ for grease and wax samples

LevelSens used with Solvent Manager and exchange set

165

Accessories

Accessories Accessories for InMotion™ Autosamplers Description SmartSample RFID Kit SmartSample 100mL sleeve w/tag, 20 pcs SmartSample tag 100 pcs.

InMotion Aliquot kit for Pro 25 mL InMotion COD Kit for Flex 100 mL InMotion Karl Fischer Direct Kit for 100 mL CoverUp Lid Handling for InMotion Flex CoverUp Lid Handling for InMotion Pro 80 mL CoverUp Lid Handling for InMotion Pro 100 mL CoverUp Lid Handling for InMotion Pro 180 mL InMotion CoverUp Lids, 80mL, 10pcs InMotion CoverUp Lids, 100mL, 10pcs InMotion CoverUp Lids, 180mL, 10pcs Option Board Barcode/SmartSample Option Board CoverUp/Stirrer/Pump Tower InMotion Flex (cover not included) Cover InMotion Flex/Pro 2nd Tower Tower InMotion Pro left type w/cover Tower InMotion Max left type w/cover Under rack magnetic stirrer InMotion barcode reader with mount Reversible peristaltic pump SPR200 Titration sync cable, 5pin Stirrer/Pump Y cable, 6 pin InMotion dispensing tube w/tip, 135 cm InMotion dispensing tube w/tip, 3 m Diaphragm pump dispensing tube w/o tip

Part No. 30094251 30094269 30094271 30094248 30094249 30094250 30094252 30094253 30094254 30094255 30094274 30094275 30094276 30094233 30094234 30094160 30094267 30094236 30094232 30094263 30094235 30094285 30094246 30094247 51108070 30094162 51108147

Accessories for Rondolino Description PowerShower™ for Rondo and Rondolino Rinse tube for Rondo/Rondolino PowerShower Diaphragm pump for Rondo/Rondolino

Part No. 51108219 30094162 51108012

Stromboli 20 mL vials and caps

Accessories for Stromboli Description Gas drying unit and flow meter (needs tubes) Stromboli tubing set for gas drying unit Sample vials (glass), 42/pk Rubber seals for vials, 42/pk Sealing discs for vials, 144/pk Drying tube, curved Purge gas tube PTFE stopper Gas inlet Set of glass tubing TTL-I/O connection cable Air pump box Carrier gas stop valve Purge gas tube heater Adapter for C30 stopper Aluminium inserts for drift determination

Accessories for DO308 Description Sample boat (glass) Gas drying unit and flow meter (needs tubes) Guide rod for sample boat Screw cap GL37 for sample tube Stop cock Aluminium inserts for sample boat (50/pk) Furnace sample tube Tube set Gas outlet tubing Silicon stopper ST14.5 (10/pk) Three-hole adapter with plug stoppers, for volumetric titrations Purge gas adapter for C20/C30 Air pump box Drying tube with three-way tap

InMotion Pro 100 mL with CoverUp™ Lid Handling

166

Part No. 51108660 51108666 51108691 51108692 51108693 51108639 51108837 51108668 51108669 51108695 51190589 51108673 51108688 51108836 51108761 51105246

Part No. 51108657 51108660 51371101 51191129 51191130 51108649 51371206 51108676 51108837 00023276 00023982 51108761 51108670 00105071

Titration Sensors Plug&Play combined pH glass electrodes with Sensor Chip DGi101-SC pH micro-electrode for small titration vessels and Rondo 30 sample changer for aqueous solutions DGi102-Mini pH micro-electrode for small titration vessels and Rondo 30 sample changer for aqueous solutions DGi111-SC pH glass electrode DGi112-Pro pH glass electrode with moveable sleeve diaphragm – for critical samples DGi113-SC pH glass electrode with moveable sleeve diaphragm – non-aqueous titrations DGi114-SC pH glass electrode with moveable sleeve diaphragm for aqueous solutions DGi115-SC pH glass electrode with sleeve diaphragm DGi116-Solvent pH glass electrode with movable sleeve junction for non-aqueous media DGi117-Water pH glass electrode with integrated temperature sensor Classical combined pH glass electrodes DG111-SC pH glass electrode DG113-SC pH glass electrode with moveable sleeve diaphragm for non-aqueous titrations DG115-SC pH glass electrode with sleeve diaphragm

Part No. 51109507 51109508 51109500 51109501 51109502 51109503 51109504 51109505 51109506 Part No. 00089596 00089632 00089806

Classical half cell electrode DG300-SC Half cell pH electrode in conjuction with reference electrode DX200

Part No. 51109286

Classical reference electrodes for pH/ISE/Tenside half cell electrode senores DX200 glass reference electrode DX202-SC plastic reference electrode

Part No. 51089935 51109295

Plug&Play combined metal electrodes with Sensor Chip DMi101-Mini semi micro platinum ring electrode with ceramic frit for argentometric titrations – for small sample volumes and Rondo 30 sample changer DMi102-SC semi micro silver ring electrode with ceramic frit for argentometric titrations – for small sample volumes and Rondo 30 sample changer DMi140-SC platinum ring electrode for redox titrations DMi141-SC silver ring electrode for argentometric titrations DMi144-SC platinum ring electrode for redox titrations on the Rondo 20 COD rack DMi145-SC silver ring electrode with a movable easy-to-clean sleeve junction for argentometric titrations - dirty or viscous samples DMi147-SC platinum ring electrode for redox titrations without changing pH value – pH glass as reference element without ceramic junction DMi148-SC silver ring electrode for argentometric titrations without changing pH-value – pH glass as reference element without ceramic junction Classical metal electrodes DM140-SC combined platinum ring electrode for redox titrations DM141-SC combined silver ring electrode for argentometric titrations DM143-SC double-pin platinum electrode DM405-SC combined Ag2S-sulfidized silver billet electrode with annular ceramic junction for argentometric titrations

Part No. 51109523 51109533 51109520 51109530 51109521 51109531 51109522 51109532 Part No. 00089598 00089599 51107699 51109291

Photometric sensors Phototrode DP5 with 5 selectable wave lengths 520nm, 555nm, 590nm 620nm, 660nm includes LEMO connection cable

51109300

Temperature probes DT1000 – PT 1000 DT1000 adapter for Rondolino and Rondo

Part No. 51109828 51108032

Surfactant electrodes DS500 for aqueous surfactant titrations DS800-TwoPhase for two-phase surfactant titrations

Part No. 51107670 51109540

Titration conductivity sensors InLab717 glass 4 pole cell, 10µS/cm...500mS/cm, for conductivity titrations InLab718 glass 2 pole cell, 0.1…200µS/cm, for low-conductivity titrations

Part No.

Part No. 51302401 51340266

DP5 Phototrode™ set at different wavelengths

167

Accessories

Accessories Sensor Cables and Parts Sensor cables SC-LEMO 60 cm cable for Plug&Play and classical sensors SC-LEMO 100 cm cable for Plug&Play and classical sensors SC-LEMO 160 cm cable for Plug&Play and classical sensors SC-LEMO 250 cm cable for Plug&Play and classical sensors

SC-LEMO 70 cm cable for amperometric/voltammetric titrations and for DM143-SC SC-LEMO 100 cm cable for amperometric/voltammetric titrations and for DM143-SC SC-LEMO 160 cm cable for amperometric/voltammetric titrations and for DM143-SC Cable MultiPin™ – Lemo/Pt1000 70 cm for DG117-Water/DGi117-Water Cable MultiPin™ – Lemo/Pt1000 100 cm for DG117-Water/DGi117-Water Y-Cable (connection of the DP5 to the power supply and the titrator) Spare parts for sensors Adapter, DIN to LEMO DS500 membrane kit DS800-Two Phase Emulsifier Sensor sleeve adapter

Part No. 00089601 00089602 51108034 30094211 51109183

51109185 51109544 51109545 51109905 Part No. 00089600 51107669 51109453 52001220

Printers Description USB-P25 alphanumeric printer for V20/V30/C20/C30/G20/T50/T70/T90 (V3.X) Cable USB-P25 to Excellence and Compact Titrators Paper roll for USB-P25 / RS-P26 (Set of 2) Paper roll, adhesive backed OKI B401d USB-Commercial printer (cables not included) EU version

Part No. USB-P25 51191926 12120799 11600388 51191608

Bottle Top Adapters Description Diameter 40.5 mm; slope 3.5 mm (Germany/Merck) Diameter 37.5 mm; slope 5 mm (USA) Diameter 28.5 mm (China) Diameter 34 mm (India)

168

DV1020 20 mL burette

51109184

Part No. 00023774 00023787 30060026 30060024

Burettes DV1000 burettes 1 mL burette DV1001 with RFID chip for Plug&Play installation 5 mL burette DV1005 with RFID chip for Plug&Play installation 10 mL burette DV1010 with RFID chip for Plug&Play installation 20 mL burette DV1020 with RFID chip for Plug&Play installation Burette housing with RFID chip Accessories for burettes Centering ring 5 mL Centering ring 10 mL Centering ring 20 mL Glass cylinder 1mL Glass cylinder 5 mL Glass cylinder 10 mL Glass cylinder 20 mL Piston 1mL Piston 5 mL Piston 10 mL Piston 20 mL Locking screw Stopcock/Ceramic valve disk for reagents with tendency for crystallisation Stopcock/PTFE valve (standard) Amber glass bottle, 1L Burette holder Connection tubing Dispensing tube with siphon tip (70 cm) Dispensing tube with siphon tip (100 cm) Suction tube (83 cm) Suction tube (3 m) Drying tube with cover Drying tube holder Anti-diffusion tips (5/pk)

Part No. 51107503 51107500 51107501 51107502 51109117 Part No. 51107519 51107520 51107521 51107533 51107100 51107101 51107102 51107535 51107115 51107116 51107117 51107518 51107525 51107537 00071296 00023645 51107129 00025687 00025961 00025688 30094262 00023961 00023915 00023240

EasyPlus™ Titrator and Sodium Analyzer Description EasyPlus burette 10mL EasyPlus burette 20mL EasyPlus burette 50mL EasyPlus tubing set instrument EasyStir GT EasyStir KF EasyPlus titration head GT Insert set titration head GT EasyPlus titration head KF Insert set titration head KF KF vessel set EasyPlus drying tube Weighing boat and stopper set Desktop power supply Burette cover set Valve Bottle head EasyPump EasyPlus tubing set EasyPump EasyDirect software, 3 Titrators per PC Installation

Part No. 30043900 30043901 30043902 30065464 30065467 30065468 30041102 30057635 30041103 30057636 30065471 30044701 30065466 51105798 30057633 30042860 30060023 30064218 30065465 30065449

Sensors for EasyPlus™ Titrator Description EG11-BNC: pH aqueous EG13-BNC: pH non-aqueous EM40-BNC: Redox mV EM43-BNC: KF/Redox Ipol EM45-BNC: Silver/Precipitation

Titration Beakers Description Polypropylene beakers, 100mL, 120/pk Polypropylene beakers, 100mL, 480/pk Polypropylene beakers, 100mL, 1400/pk Polypropylene beakers, 250mL, 500/pk Polypropylene beakers, red, 100mL, 1400/pk Two-phase beaker for surfactant titrations Covers for 100 mL beakers, 16/pk Glass beakers, 100 mL, 20/pk Polypropylene beakers 80 mL, set of 30 Polypropylene beakers 80 mL, set of 1352 Polypropylene, 180 mL 500/pk Glass beakers, 250mL, 10/pk (Not for ST20) Glass beaker, for sample vol. 10–20mL Glass Aliquot Beaker, 20 mL Glass Aliquot Beaker, 100 mL Thermostatable Glass, 100 mL

Part No. 51109388 51109389 00101974 00023829 00025777 51107655 00101448 00101446 51108030 51109382 30094245 00023515 00023516 51108314 51108161 00023517

Part No. 30043103 30043104 30043106 30043105 30043107

Accessories for Sodium Analyzer Description DX222-Na for Sodium Analyzer DX205-SC (ISE reference) Sodium Analyzer head Na Insert set Sodium Analyzer head Na Electrolyte 0.5M DIPA-HCL-ISA, 25mL Electrolyte 0.5M DIPA-HCL-ISA, 250mL

Part No. 30079616 30066675 30079612 30079618 30064081 30066674

Visit www.mt.com/titration-multiparameter for more information about all of our multiparameter ­solutions.

Multiparameter Accessories Description TV6, 2 way-6 port valve Adapter M8x1.5 M / M8x1 F (SPx Pump) Titration to DM/RM tube Connection cable, DM/RM to titrator

Part No. 30026544 30094295 51337240 51105856

169

Density a Refractive

Perfect Solutions for Quality 170

Overview LiquiPhysics Instruments and Modules LiquiPhysics Automation LiquiPhysics Accessories Compact Instruments Good Practices

172 174 176 178 180 182

Page – 173 – 175 – 177 – 179 – 181 – 183

and e Index

y Control of Liquids 171

Overview

Density- and Refractometers Reliable Results and Unsurpassed Reproducibility

One Click速 operation One click on the selected product or measurement method starts the measurement of density, refractive index or related values. The built-in temperature control brings the sample to the required temperature, the measurement is done automatically and the result displayed on the touch screen. Unlike older methods like pycnometer, aerometers and Abbe refractometers, the results are operator independant, thus highly reliable and reproducible.

Meters and Cell Modules Compact Size Great Specs

Multiparameter measurement The modular concept allows to upgrade any single instrument to a complete multiparameter system measuring density, refractive index (or related values), pH (or conductivity), acidity and color.

172

Density Meters Refractometers Cell Modules

Simplified quality control For quality control, target value and limits can be defined for each product. The measurement result is then displayed in red if it is out of limits.

Automation Less work More accuracy

Valuable Options Tailor Made Performance

Basic Solutions Quick Measurements

GDRP Reliable Results

Sampling pumps and automation units

Accessories

Compact Instruments

Good Practices

Overview

173

LiquiPhysics Instruments and Modules

Density- and Refractometers Compact Size. Great Specs.

174

Density Compact

Refractive Index Versatile

Cell Modules Combined

DM Density Meters

RM Refractometers

DX and RX Cell Modules

DM density meters determine the density and/or specific gravity of liquids quickly and accurately.

The results are automatically converted into one or several pre- or user-defined units such as Brix, API degrees or alcohol concentrations etc.

Automatic error detection, entire temperature range adjustments and built-in algorithms shorten measurement times required by up to 75% – DM and DX are doubtlessly the state-of-theart pinnacle for digital density meas­urement.

Brix, refractive index or concentrations of thin, highly volatile, dark or viscous liquids? The RM refractometers master the quality control of a wide variety of challenging samples from routine Brix measurements at 20°C to refractive index determinations of bitumen at 100°C. The measurements process can be completely automated with the added advantage of no more manual cleaning, no more contact with dangerous solvents and greater result reliability.

Density and refractive index are frequently determined in the same lab and, increasingly frequently, simultaneously. The upgrade of a DM density meter or an RM refractometer with a DX density cell module or an RX refractive index cell module is the most cost- and space-saving solution in such cases making it the perfect combination for any lab demanding fast and accurate results.

www.density.com

www.refractometry.com

LiquiPhysics Instruments and Modules

The DeltaRange™ density measuring cells are tailor made solutions for applications such as alcohol content determinations or the ­quality control of organic solvents. They offer five place accuracy in the range required for such measurements at a significantly lower price than full range five decimal place cells.

Technical specifications

Density Meter DM40 Density Cell DX40 Measuring range [g/cm3]

Please order our brochure LiquiPhysics Excellence

www.mt.com/LiquiPhysics

DM45 DeltaRange DX45 DeltaRange

DM50 DX50

0 –3 0 –3 0 –3 Repeatability (S.D. n=10) [g/cm3] 0.00005 0.000005 0.000005

Brix [% w/w] 0.03 0.015 0.003

ethanol [% v/v] 0.1 0.01 0.01 Limit of error [g/cm3] 0.0001 0.000021) 0.000022) 0.00005 0.000033)

Brix [% w/w] 0.03 0.02 0.006

ethanol [% v/v] 0.1 0.02 0.02 Temperature range [°C] 0 –91 0 –91 0–91 Limit of error [°C] 0.05 (10 –30 °C) 0.02 (15 –20 °C) 0.02 (10–30 °C)

0.10 (0 –91 °C) 0.05 (0 –91 °C) 0.05 (0–91 °C) in the range 0.70000…1.00000 g/cm3 / 15.00…20.00 °C in the range 0.00000…1.00000 g/cm3 3) in the range of 1.00000…2.00000 g/cm3 1) 2)

Refractometer RM40 RM50 Refractive Index Cell RX40 RX50 Measuring range [nD] 1.32 –1.70 1.32 –1.58 Repeatability (S.D. n=10) [nD] 0.00005 0.00001

Brix [% w/w] 0.05 0.01 Limit of error [nD] 0.0001 0.000023) 0.000044)

Brix [% w/w] 0.1 0.014 Temperature range [°C] 5 –100 5–75 Limit of error [°C] 0.1 (5 –100 °C) 0.03 (15–50 °C)

0.05 (5–75 °C) 3)

around adjustment points

4)

entire range

175

LiquiPhysics Automation

Automation Highly Reliable with Minimal Effort Flexible automation solutions improve the quality of your measurement and increase the troughput in your workflow

176

FillPal The Robust Approach

InMotion High Troughput

SC30 Maximum Performance

The FillPal sampling pumps simplify the measurement of low viscous samples. These pumps can be used for all DM density meters and RM refractometers and are suitable for all applications where the samples to be measured are of a similar nature and no intermediate complete rinsing and drying of the measuring cell is required.

FillPal is available in two 足versions: FillPal Food for water based 足products and FillPal Chem for 足aggressive samples including most acids, bases and organic solvents.

The InMotion sample changer is the perfect solution for the beverage industry or for other kindred low viscous samples where oversampling is sufficient (same as FillPal). Different beaker sizes and up to 303 sample positions offer flexibility for any application.

Optional stirrer and pH measurement for fruit juices and automatic degassing of carbonated beverages ensure efficient workflows.

The SC30 is a sample changer with 30 positions. It can not only automate the sampling, measurement, rinsing and drying of sample series but, equipped with a ScanStraight option, it is even capable of scanning barcode stickers on the sample vials automatically.

LiquiPhysics Automation

Heated Versions For viscous samples

The SC automation units are available as heated versions suitable for performing density measurements of samples which are highly viscous or even solid at ambient temperature such as paraffins, bitumen, heavy crude oils, edible fats, etc. The SC1H and the SC30H can handle samples with a melting point of up to 60 °C.

Detailed technical specifications you find in the ­dedicated brochure

Technical specifications FillPal Food Number of samples Sample vials

FillPal Chem

InMotion

SC1

SC1H

SC30

SC30H

1

1

10 - 303

1

1

30

30

any type

any type

25 - 250 mL

6, 9 and 20 mL

6, 9 and 20 mL

6, 9 and 20 mL

6, 9 and 20 mL

1'000 mPas

1'000 mPas

1'000 mPas

30'000 mPas

30'000 mPas

30'000 mPas

30'000 mPas

Sample characteristics max viscosity organic solvents

acetone, ethanol

yes

acetone, ethanol

yes

yes

yes

yes

acids

no

yes (most)

yes 3)

yes 1)

yes 1)

yes 1)

yes 1)

bases

yes

yes

yes 3)

yes

yes

yes

yes

Sampling

suction

suction

suction

overpressure

overpressure

overpressure

overpressure

Rinsing

manual

manual

semi automatic

automatic

automatic

automatic

automatic

Drying

DryPal required

DryPal required

DryPal required

automatic

automatic

automatic

automatic

no

no

no

yes

yes

yes

yes

ambient

ambient

ambient

ambient

ambient

max. 80 °C 2)

Sample recovery Temperature

max. 80 °C

2)

For concentrated reducing acids only with Hastelloy needle Samples with a melting point of up to 60 °C can be handled (paraffin, edible fats, cosmetics etc.)

3) with optional resistant tubing

1)

2)

177

LiquiPhysics Accessories

Valuable Options Custom Tailored Performance Multi-parameter Measurements Enhanced Productivity

Density, refractive index (or related values), pH (or conductivity), acidity and color can be measured and analyzed in one go.

Advanced Barcode Features Convenient Sample Data Input

Plug and Play Benefits Features Tailored To Your Needs

LabX Laboratory Software Make the Most of LiquiPhysics

LiquiPhysics Excellence is not only able to read barcodes; it can also accurately interpret their information. With Smart Codes containing information about the type of product to be measured, the operator simply scans in the barcodes to start the measurements.

No additional button to click.

LiquiPhysics systems can easily be upgraded to fulfill specific requirements. The LogStraight finger print reader greatly simplifies the log-in procedure at the instrument with no user names or passwords to enter. With ErogSens, there is no need to touch the instrument to start the measurements. AtmoSens ensures highly accurate 5 place density adjustments. LevelSens guarantees greater safety when working with automation units and makes sure that the waste container never becomes overfilled.

LabX is a new concept for laboratory software (see pages 16â&#x20AC;&#x201C;19). In addition to data aquisition, analysis and archiving, LabX offers SOP user guidance, manages products, methods, users and instruments. It connects density meters, refractometers, melting point instruments and balances. Connection to ERP or SAP allows full integration in the company IT world.

LiquiPhysics Excellence is even capable of scanning barcodes automatically.

The SC30 sample changers can be easily equipped with ­ScanStraight, a built-in barcode reader.

178

Auxiliary instruments Third-party devices can be integrated easily into our LiquiPhysics systems, e.g. spectrophotometer for color measurement, even without PC. www.mt.com/liquiphysics-multiparameter

Accessories Ordering Information

Printer USB-P25 dot matrix printer Barcode scanner

Hand scanner USB for 1D barcodes

ScanStraight Automatic scanner for SC30 sample changer for 1D and 2D barcodes Complete connecting sets for additional parameters (without auxiliary instruments)

pH connecting set for SevenEasy™ / SevenCompact™ pH meter

Conductivity connecting set for SevenEasy™ / SevenCompact™ conductivity meter

Color connecting set for Lovibond PFX and PFXi 8XX and 9XX colorimeters from Tintometer

Color connecting set for Minolta CM5 and CR5 colorimeters from Konica Minolta Sensors AtmoSens barometric USB pressure sensor LevelSens level sensor. Safely prevents waste container overfilling LogStraight fingerprint scanner for biometric user management ErgoSens infrared sensor for hands-free operation Top parts for RM refractometers and RX refractive index measuring cells

Flow cell for automatic refractive index measurements (FillPal, SC1 or SC30).

Press to measure semi-solid products, such as fruit pulp LabX Laboratory software

LabX Express Edition for stand alone systems

LabX Server Edition for client server installations

11124301 21901297 51337184 51337023 51337022 51337021 30025477 51337020 51337026 51192107 11132601 51337024 51337155 11153130 11153131

179

Compact Instruments

Basic Solutions For any Environment

180

DA-100M Thermostat Included

Densito and Refracto Best On-site Performance

Refracto 30GS Gold and Saphire

The DA-100M density meter is a compact three-decimal place density meter. It is equipped with a solid state thermostat and an air pump to dry the measuring cell. The optional ASU-100 sampling pump greatly simplifies density determinations of low viscous samples.

Densito 30PX, Refracto 30PX and Refracto 30GS offer all the features required for successful on-site density and refractive index measurements including: Automatic temperature compensation, direct display of the result in the desired unit, built-in clock for full GLP compliance and data output via infrared interface.

Densito and Refracto come with practical carrying cases which contain everything necessary to carry out measurements.

The Refracto 30GS Refractometer features a very wide measuring range and a quick temperature response thanks to its special measuring cell equipped with a gold plated stage ring and a prism made of artificial sapphire.

Please refer to the dedicated brochures for more information about Densito and ­Refracto or visit

www.mt.com/Densito www.mt.com/Refracto

Technical specifications

Accessories

Measuring range Accuracy Temperature range DA-100M 0 – 2 g/cm3 0.001 g/cm3 15 – 40 °C Density meter (solid state thermostat) Densito 30PX 0 – 2 g/cm3 0.001 g/cm3 ambient (5– 35°C) Refracto 30PX 1.32 – 1.50 (nD) 0.0005 (nD) ambient (10– 40 °C)

0 – 85% Brix 0.2% Brix Refracto 30GS 1.32 – 1.65 (nD) 0.0005 (nD) ambient (10– 40 °C)

0 – 100% Brix 0.2% Brix

Part. No. 51320001

ASU-100 sampling pump for DA-100M Infrared adapter for data transmission (Densito and Refracto) Adapter for external syringe (Densito) Cleaning tissues (set of 10) for Densito 30PX and Refracto 30PX/GS Protective cover for Densito 30PX Density water standards (for DA-100M and Densito 30PX)

ASU-100 51325006 51324402 51325003 51324430 51325005

51324450 51324650 51324660

181

Good Practices

Better Accuracy and Reliability Reduce Risks. Increase Efficiency.

It is not the accuracy of the instrument which is important but the accuracy of the workflow.

Improve the accuracy of your density and refractive index measurement by understanding your workflow, identifying the risks and using good density and refractive index practices.

GDRPâ&#x201E;˘ 5 Steps to Excellence Good Density and Refractometry Practice is a 5 step program to improve your Lab process. It covers the entire lifecycle of your investment and helps to improve quality while reducing risks and costs.

Step 1 Evaluation

Understanding current needs, and future requirements

Step 2 Selection

Selection of the best suitable analytical system

Step 3 Installation

Correct installation to guarantee the best working conditions

Step 4 Qualification

Qualification of the process and professional training

Step 5 Routine Operation

Tailored services for regular care and maintenance. Trainings and seminars.

www.mt.com/GDRP 182

Risk Check Risk-free measurement of density and refractive index

Take 5 minutes with our web based risk checker to identify areas of risk which affect your process and estimate the reliability of your density or refractive index measurement.

www.mt.com/GDRP-riskcheck

Traceable Standards Improved Data Security The combined liquid standard reference materials from M ­ ETTLER TOLEDO facilitate reliable performance verification. They are certified for both density value and refractive index at three different temperatures (15, 20 and 25 °C). Combined measuring systems can be verified in one step. All the information contained in the certificates is coded in a barcode with no need to input data manually when performing a system performance test or calibration.

Standard Reference Material

Water Dodecane 2,4-dichlorotoluene 1-bromonapthalene 1) 2)

Density [g/cm3] Refractive Index Part no. at 20 °C 1) at 20 °C 2) 0.998.. 1.333.. 51338010 0.749.. 1.422.. 51338012 1.250.. 1.546.. 51338013 1.481.. 1.658.. 51338014 Typical values: May change from batch to batch without prior notice

Uncertainty: 0.00003 g/cm3 Uncertainty: 0.00002

Qualification Services For Regulatory Compliance Professionally executed installation and qualification (IQ/OQ) i­ncluding documentation is offered by METTLER TOLEDO for LiquiPhysics™ ­Excellence instruments.

Service

Product Families

Product Types

Order no.

IPac Initial Qualification Package

LiquiPhysics Excellence Density Meters

DM40/DM45/DM50 DX40/DX45/DX50

51710863

LiquiPhysics™ Excellence Refractometers

RM40/RM50 RX40/RX50

51710873

DM40/DM45/DM50 DX40/DX45/DX50

51710870

RM40/RM50 RX40/RX50

51710873

™

LiquiPhysics™ Excellence Density Meters EQPac Equipment Qualification Package LiquiPhysics™ Excellence Refractometers EduPac Education Package

LiquiPhysics™ Excellence Density Meters

DM40/DM45/DM50 DX40/DX45/DX50

30047139

LiquiPhysics™ Excellence Refractometers

RM40/RM50 RX40/RX50

30047152

LabX Validation Manual I generic

LiquiPhysics™ Excellence Density Meters and Refractometers

DM40/DM45/DM50 RM40/RM50

LabX Validation Manual II specific

LiquiPhysics™ Excellence Density Meters and Refractometers

DM40/DM45/DM50 RM40/RM50

183

pH Meters

Quick and Reliable pH Measurements â&#x20AC;&#x201C; For Results at Your Fingertips

pH Meters & Electrodes 184

Overview SevenExcellence™ SevenCompact™ SevenGo™ and SevenGo Duo™ FiveEasy™ and FiveGo™ InLab® Sensors and Solutions Good Electrochemistry Practice

186 188 192 194 198 200 206

Page – 187 – 191 – 193 – 197 – 199 – 205 – 207

185

Overview

Quick and Reliable Measurements For Results at Your Fingertips Over 65 years of sensor innovation combined with ­cleverly designed instruments have resulted in a ­product range of unparalleled quality and flexibility. Whatever you need to measure, be it pH, ORP, ion concentration, conductivity or dissolved oxygen, M ­ ETTLER TOLEDO with its long-term experience p­ rovides you with the electrochemical equipment you need.

Our focus lies on simple, intuitive operation and ergonomic design. The comprehensive product portfolio covers the most varied electrochemical applications in all sectors. We offer solutions both for complex applications subject to regulatory control as well as for simple routine measurements.

Entry Level

Select the Right Equipment for pH, ORP, Ion, C ­ onductivity or Dissolved Oxygen Measurement

186

Overview

Seven is your flexible, reliable and easy to use lab tool. The heart of a Seven laboratory instrument is precision measuring technology.

These hand-held meters provide optimum convenience and high performance during mobile work, on the factory floor or out in the field.

Five is the clever introduction to pH, conductivity or oxygen – ideal for those who have a limited budget but still require a reliable meter.

These sensors combine innovative technologies and glassblowing tradition for fast pH, ORP, ion-selective, conductivity and DO analysis.

InLab® Sensors and Solutions

Sensors and solutions

FiveEasy™ and FiveGo™

Entry-level meter series Five

SevenGo™ and SevenGo Duo™

Premium portable series SevenGo™

SevenExcellence™ and SevenCompact™

Premium bench-top series Seven

187

SevenExcellence

SevenExcellence™ The Best Workflow Supporter You Will Ever Meet SevenExcellence stands for convenient, easy-to-understand operation ­combined with high measurement accuracy and outstanding flexibility.

The operation of the instrument with its capacitive touchscreen and large 7 inch display is truly intuitive, reinforced by the availability of menus in 10 languages. The instrument can effectively cope with complex applications and stringent requirements in regulated markets, but it also provides added value for routine measurement tasks in the laboratory.

188

Efficient processes

Solid compliance

Sustainable value

SevenExcellence™ has been ­designed with the objective of optimizing the workflow and making work in the laboratory more efficient. Just one click is needed to start a sample or a series of measurements or an analysis series with an optional autosampler. Once setup, data archiving is a standard procedure that will take place automatically following each analysis.

SevenExcellence comes with security functions that support your workflow during all phases of calibration, measurement data collection and archiving processes. Its ingenious package makes the instrument suitable for routine tasks as well as professional measurements under stringent GLP conditions.

SevenExcellence offers flexibility on all levels, ranging from the number of measurement parame­ters to the choice of a vast collection of peripheral devices. The instrument's interfaces allow you to connect peripherals simultaneously, supporting your workflow in the best possible way.

Unmatched performance for various parameters • pH/ISFET • Conductivity • Ion concentration • Dissolved oxygen/BOD • Oxidation-reduction potential

For more information www.mt.com/SevenExcellence

189

SevenExcellence

Versatile and Manifold Flexibility in all Respect SevenExcellence™ offers flexibility on all levels, ranging from the number of measurement parameters to the choice of a vast collection of peripheral devices. The instrument's interfaces allow you to connect peripherals simultaneously, supporting your workflow in the best possible way.

Seven good reasons for SevenExcellence: • Convenient touch screen operation – easy to learn, quick to work with • Menu guidance in 10 languages – user-friendly operation • Large, well arranged color display – information identifiable at a glance • Modularly expandable at any time – high flexibility • Many peripheral options – highly efficient • Intelligent sensors – peace of mind, eliminating mistakes • Comprehensive service offering, incl. EQPac – high uptime and compliance

190

Connectivity and peripherals

Professional user management

Radio controlled clock

SevenExcellence has USB, ­Ethernet and RS232 interfaces, allowing the connection of a barcode reader, Rondolino sample changer, USB stick, network and METTLER TOLEDO printers and a PC with LabX® direct software.

SevenExcellence has an ingenious user management with four levels from operator to administrator, each with progressively more rights. This allows the assignment of rights to a user that match his experience and authorization level. The risk of unintentional or unauthorized changes of settings and deletion of results is eliminated!

When enabling the radio-controlled-clock you have absolute certainty that the displayed date and time is correct. When the radioclock is used the result in the memory and printout is marked accordingly. In case the signal strength deteriorates the instrument then notifies you.

SevenExcellence Model

Channel

S400-Basic

1

S400-Kit S400-Bio

Parameter

Measuring range

Resolution & accuracy

InLab® sensor

pH mV ISFET pH Temp.

–2.000 … 20.000 pH; –2000.0 … 2000.0 mV 0.000 … 14.000 pH –30.0 … 130.0 °C

0.001/0.01/0.1; ± 0.002 0.1/1; ± 0.1 0.001/0.01/0.1; ± 0.05 0.1; ± 0.1

none

30046240

Part No

Expert Pro-ISM

30046241

Routine Pro-ISM

30046242

S400-ISFET

490

30046243

S400-Micro

Ultra-Micro

30092982

S400-uMix

Routine Pro-ISM and uMix stirrer

30092983

none

30046244

731-ISM

30046245

Trace incl. flow cell

30046246

none

30046248

Expert Pro-ISM

30046249

Routine Pro-ISM

30046250

PerfectION Fluoride

30046251

0.001 ± 0.1 mg/L from 0 … 8 ± 0.2 mg/L from 8 … 20 ± 10% from 20 … 50 0.1; ± 0.1

none

30092984

OptiOx

30092986

OptiOx

30092987

S700-Basic

Conductivity Temp.

S700-Kit

0.001 μS/cm … 2000 mS/cm –30.0 … 130.0 °C

0.001 … 1; ± 0.5% 0.1; ± 0.1

S700-Trace S500-Basic

pH mV Ion conentration Temp.

S500-Kit S500-Bio

–2.000 … 20.000 pH; –2000.0 … 2000.0 mV 0 … 999 999 mg/L, ppm –30.0 … 130.0 °C

0.001/0.01/0.1; ± 0.002 0.1/1; ± 0.1 0.001 … 1; ± 0.5% 0.1; ± 0.1

S500-F S900-Basic

Dissolved Oxygen

0.000 … 50 mg/L, ppm

S900-Kit S900-BOD Temp.

–30.0 … 130.0 °C

Dissolved ­Oxygen Temp.

0.000 … 99 mg/L, ppm

0.001; ± 0.5% 0.1; ± 0.1

605-ISM

30092985

pH mV ISFET pH Conductivity Temp.

see S400 and S700

see S400 and S700

none

30046252

Expert Pro-ISM 731-ISM

30046253

Pure Pro-ISM 741-ISM

30046254

See S470 and S500

see S400, S700 and S500

see S400, S700 and S500

none

30046255

S479-Kit

See S470 and S900

See S470 and S900

See S470 and S900

Expert Pro-ISM 731-ISM OptiOx

30092988

S975-uMix

see S900, S700 and S500

see S900, S700 and S500

see S900, S700 and S500

Expert Pro-ISM 731-ISM, OptiOx and uMix stirrer

30092989

S600-Kit S470-Basic

2

S470-Kit S470-USP/EP

S475-Basic

3

Basic versions include: Meter, the specified expansion units, uPlace electrode holder, semi-transparent cover, operating instructions, installation and quick guide, LabX® direct pH PC software, declaration of conformity and test certificate. Electrode is NOT included.

Kit versions include: As above plus appropriate electrode, buffer sachets and guides.

General accessories for SevenExcellence™ Description

Part No

pH/mV expansion unit

30034472

Conductivity expansion unit

30034473

pH/Ion expansion unit

30034471

DO/BOD expansion unit

30034474

uMix™ magnetic stirrer

30040000

uPlace™: Electrode holder (included in standard delivery)

30019823

US-P25 printer (with USB cable)

11124301

LogStraight™ fingerprint reader

51192107

Barcode reader body

21901297

USB cable for barcode reader (not included in with barcode reader body)

21901309

Rondolino sample changer, complete for SevenExcellence

51302888

USB A-B cable for LabX direct pH PC software (not included with LabX direct pH PC software)

51191926

For more information www.mt.com/SevenExcellence 191

SevenCompact™

SevenCompact™ Universal and Reliable Instruments The SevenCompact™ series combines precise electrochemical measurement technologies with flexibility, innovative design and ease-of-use.

It can be universally employed and continues the tradition of the Seven series from METTLER TOLEDO.

192

Large customizable color ­display The 4.3 inch high-resolution color display has large digits and well arranged icons making relevant information identifiable at a glance. The color and contrast can be adapted to your preferences and light conditions.

uFocus™ on the essentials The instrument gives you the choice! In the normal screen layout, all available information is visible. By switching to the uFocus™ view you will not be distracted by information of less importance.

Total Flexibility with Data Processing Upon endpointing SevenCompact™ allows multiple archiving options: the data can be stored, printed or transferred to LabX direct. Any combination of these three options is possible giving you total flexibility.

Intelligent Sensor Management for highest security Upon connection of an ISM sensor, the sensor’s ID is automatically identified.

The most recent sensor calibration data is transferred to the meter and is used for ­subsequent measurements.

uPlace™ the sensor perfectly The uPlace™ electrode arm can be operated with one hand, moving straight up and down bringing the electrode into the position where it works best for your sample.

SevenCompact™

See SevenCompact in action www.mt.com/sevencompact

SevenCompact™ S230-Kit

Model

Parameters

Measuring range

Resolution & accuracy

InLab® sensor

S220-Basic (Instrument)

pH/mV*/Redox/Ion concentration**/°C***

–2.000…20.000 pH –2000.0…2000.0 mV 1.00E–9…9.99E+9 –30.0…130.0 °C

pH: 0.001/0.01/0.1; ± 0.002 mV: 0.1/1; ± 0.2 Ions: last signifi.digit; ± 0.5% °C: 0.1; ± 0.1

none

30019028

Expert Pro-ISM

30019029

Expert Pro-ISM

30096986

Routine Pro-ISM

30019031

S220-Micro

Ultra-Micro

30096985

S220-U

Versatile Pro

30019032

none

30019033

731-ISM

30019034

741-ISM

30019035

S220-Kit S220-uMix S220-Bio

S230-Basic (Instrument)

Cond./TDS/Salinity/Resistivity/°C

S230-Kit

0.001 µS/cm…1000 mS/cm –30.0…130.0 °C

0.001…1; ± 0.5% 0.1 °C; ± 0.1 °C

S230-USP/EP

Part No

* Instrument can also measure rel. mV ** Ion concentration supports units mmol/L, mol/L, ppm, mg/L, % and pX *** Temperature display choice between °C and °F. ATC temperature range is –5.0… 130.0 °C

SevenCompact™ Seven good reasons for SevenCompact™ • Top sensors fast and accurate measurements • Menu guidance in 12 languages user-friendly operation • Clear, well arranged color display quick to learn • Many printing and data storage options GLP compliant • Professional peripheral options highly efficient • Intelligent sensors peace of mind • Full fledged service offering high uptime and compliance

General accessories for SevenCompact™ Description

Part No

uPlace : Electrode holder (included in standard delivery)

30019823

uMix™ magnetic stirrer

30040000

Protective cover (included in standard delivery)

30019824

RS-P25 printer (with RS232 cable)

11124300

Barcode reader body

21901297

USB cable for barcode reader (not included with barcode reader body)

21901309

LabX direct PC software

51302876

USB A-B cable 1.8m for LabX direct PC software (not included with LabX direct PC software)

51191926

Guide to pH measurement (included in kit versions)

51300058

Guide to conductivity measurement (included in kit versions)

30099121

™

Non kit versions include: Meter, electrode arm, in-use cover, calibration certificate, declaration of conformity; Electrode is NOT included

Kit versions include: As above plus appropriate electrode, buffer sachets and guides

193

SevenGo™ and SevenGo Duo™

SevenGo™ and SevenGo Duo™ For Results at Your Fingertips All of the products in the SevenGo™ family from METTLER TOLEDO are characterized by user-friendliness and excellent ergonomics. The instruments are suited for mobile measurements both in the field and in the production environment.

SevenGo™

SevenGo Duo™

SevenGo™ – For quick and reliable measurements Routine single-channel instruments for the measurement of pH/mV or conductivity. Including data storage for 30 GLP records the SevenGo instruments offer an excellent price/performance ratio.

SevenGo Duo™ – Dual-channel measurements with ISM® Routine dual-channel instruments for the parallel measurement of pH/mV and conductivity. Reliable in operation thanks to Intelligent Sensor Management (ISM®) and a data storage for 99 GLP data records.

SevenGo pro™ – For precise measurements Professional single-channel instruments for the measurement of pH/mV/ions, conductivity or dissolved oxygen. Easy data handling thanks to data storage for 200 GLP data records and a contactfree infrared communication.

194

SevenGo Duo pro™ – Unlimited measurement ­possibilities with ISM® Dual-channel instruments to meet the highest demands for the parallel determination of pH/mV/ion and conductivity or dissolved oxygen. Modern data management with 500 GLP data records, contactfree infrared communication as well as the revolutionary Intelligent Sensor Management (ISM®).

SevenGo™ and SevenGo Duo™

Intelligent Sensor Management (ISM®) – security at its finest!

ISM® eliminates mistakes in the following ways: Correct sensor identification: Upon connection, the sensor is automatically identified. This prevents performing a measurement with the wrong sensor ID by mistake.

Current calibration: The most recent sensor calibration is transferred to the meter on attachment and is selected for future measurements automatically.

Totally Waterproof by Design What is IP67? The IP (Ingress Protection) standard consists of two digits: 6 means that SevenGo™ is completely dustproof; 7 means that SevenGo™ remains watertight for 30 minutes at a depth of 1 meter.

Overview of functions and features Model pH measurement mV measurement Relative mV Concentration (ISE) Conductivity TDS Resistivity Salinity Dissolved oxygen Barometric pressure Temperature Cond.: Linear temp. compensation Cond.: Non-linear temp. compensation Calibration points Buffer groups User-defined standards Manual entry of the cell constant Automatic and manual measurement value determination Time interval measurement Display illumination Infrared interface Routine and expert modes Menu guidance using softkeys GLP data memory Watertight according to IP67 Power: 4 AA batteries or 4 NiMH

Rubber holster This practical cover provides optimum impact protection for the device. You can naturally still attach the electrode clip and change the batteries without needing to remove the protective rubber-elastic cover.

Transport protection and ­workplace The SevenGo™ cases for the field kit (FK) and assistant kit (ASK) provide lots of space for all important accessories such as cables and electrodes. Choose the case that suits your requirements.

SevenGo™ models SG2 • •

SG3

SG23 • •

• • • •

• • • •

SevenGo pro™ models SG6

SG7

SG8 • • • •

SG9

SG68 • • • •

• • •

• • •

5 6 •

2

5 6 •

• • • • • • 200 • •

• • • • • • 500 • •

• • • • • • 500 • •

• • • • • • •

•

• •

• •

3 4 •

1

3 4 •

2

• • • 1

•

•

•

30 • •

30 • •

99 • •

• • • • • • 200 • •

• • • • • • • • 200 • •

•

SG78 • • • • • • • • • • • 5 6 • • • • • • • • 500 • •

SG98 • • • •

• • • 5 6 • • • • • • 500 • •

195

SevenGo™ and SevenGo Duo™

SevenGo™ instrument models

SG7 – conductivity Professional conductivity meter (IP67) • Calibration also with user-definable standard or cell constant • Linear and non-linear temperature compensation • Measurement of purified water according to USP • Comprehensive GLP functions with sensor and sample identification

SG2 – pH pH meter (IP67) for routine use • Clear display of measured values and settings • Continuous indication of electrode and battery status • Automatic endpoint and buffer recognition as well as temperature compensation • 3-point calibration with predefined or user-defined buffers SG2 Measuring range Resolution pH 0.00…14.00 0.01 mV –1999…1999 1 Temperature –5.0…105 °C 0.1 °C

Kit Description and sensor SG2-B Meter only SG2-ELK Electrode kit with InLab®413 SG (IP67) SG2-FK Field kit with InLab®413 SG (IP67), field carry case SG2-Food Kit; Field kit with InLab® Solids Pro IP67

Accuracy ± 0.01 ±1 ± 0.5 °C Order No. 51302521 51302522 51302523 51302529

SG7 Conductivity

Temperature (°C/°F) TDS Resistivity Salinity

Measuring range 0.01 µS/cm…

1000 mS/cm –5.0…105°C 0.01 mg/L…600 g/L 0.00…100.00 MΩcm 0.00…80.00 ppt

Resolution 0.01

Accuracy ± 0.5%

0.1 °C 0.01

± 0.5 °C ± 0.5%

Kit Description and sensor SG7-ELK Electrode kit with InLab®738 (IP67) SG7-FK2 Field kit with InLab®738 (IP67), 1.8 m cable, field carry case SG7-FK10 Field kit with InLab®738–10 m (IP67), 10 m cable, field carry case SG7-USP/EP Electrode kit with InLab®742 (IP67)

Order No. 51302571 51302572 51302573 51302575

SG8 – pH/Ion pH/Ion meter (IP67) for highest demands

SG3 – conductivity

• Simple ion concentration determination • Time interval measurement with automatic data logging • Data memory for 200 GLP data points • Segmented or linear calibration as desired • 5-point calibration with choice of 6 predefined and one userdefined buffer set

Conductivity meter for everyday work • Automatic endpoint recognition and temperature compensation • Predefined standards 84 µS/cm, 1413 µS/cm or 12.88 mS/cm • Clear display of measured value and settings • Complete range of electrodes SG3 Conductivity

Temperature TDS Resistivity Salinity Sensor inputs

Measuring range 0.10 µS/cm…

500 mS/cm 5.0…105 °C 0.01 mg/L…300 g/L 0.00…100.00 MΩcm 0.00…80.00 ppt LTW 7 pin (IP67)

Resolution 0.10…1

Accuracy ± 0.5%

0.1 °C 0.01…1

± 0.2 °C ± 0.5%

Kit Description and sensor SG3-ELK Electrode kit with InLab®738 (IP67) SG3-FK2 Field kit with InLab®738 (IP67, 1.8 m cable, field carry case SG3-FK10 Field kit with InLab®738–10 m (IP67), 10 m cable, field carry case

Order No. 51302531 51302532 51302533

SG8 pH mV (rel. mV) Temperature (°C/°F)

Kit SG8-B SG8-ELK SG2-FK

Measuring range –2.000…19.999 –1999…1999 –5.0…130.0 ATC 30.0…130.0 MTC

Resolution 0.001 0.1 0.1 °C

Accuracy ± 0.002 ± 0.1 ± 0.2 °C

Description and sensor Meter only Electrode kit with InLab®413 SG (IP67), field carry case Field kit with InLab®413 SG (IP67), field carry case

Order No. 51202581 51202582 51202583

SG9 – optical dissolved oxygen Professional oxygen instrument (IP67) • Optical RDO technology for fast results • High- performance OptiOx sensor and accessories • Intuitive, user-friendly operation thanks to 10-language menu • Extra reliability due to Intelligent sensor management (ISM)

SevenGo pro™ instrument models SG6 – dissolved oxygen Professional oxygen instrument (IP67) • Manual or automatic air pressure compensation with built-in barometer • High-performance O2 sensor • Comprehensive range of accessories • Backlit display (applies to all SevenGo pro™ models) SG6 Saturation Temperature (°C/°F) mg/L, ppm Pressure

Measuring range 0.0…600% 0.0…60 °C 0.00…99.00 500…1100 mbar

Resolution 0.1…1 0.1 °C 0.01 1

Accuracy ± 0.5% ± 0.1 °C ± 0.5%, max. 0.03 ±2

Kit Description and sensor Order No. 51302561 SG6-ELK Electrode kit with InLab®605 (IP67) 51302562 SG6-FK2 Field kit with InLab®605 (IP67), 1.8 m cable, field carry case Field kit with InLab®605 –10 m (IP67), 10 m cable, field carry case 51302563 SG6-FK10

www.mt.com/pH 196

SG9 Measuring range Resolution Saturation 0…500% 0.1 Temperature DO 0…50.0 °C 0.1 °C mg/L, ppm 0.00…50.00 0.01

Pressure 500…1100 mbar 1

Kit SG9-B SG9-ELK SG9-FK2 SG9-FK5

Accuracy ± 0.002 ± 0.1 °C ± 0.1 mg/L from 0 to 8 ± 0.2 mg/L from 8 to 20 ± 10% from 20 … 50 ±1

Description and sensor Instrument only Electrode kit with InLab OptiOx (IP67, 1.8 m cable) Field kit with InLab OptiOx (IP67, 1.8 m cable) Field kit with InLab OptiOx (IP67, 5 m cable)

Order No. 51302591 51302592 51302593 51302594

for all SevenGo™ and SevenGo pro™ models:

Outputs (not for SG2 or SG3) Power requirements Ambient conditions Size/weight

IR interface to printer or PC via RS232 or USB 4 AA batteries 1.5 V or NiMH accumulators 1.3 V –5 °C…40 °C, 5%…80% rel. humidity (non-cond.)

220x90x45 mm/325 g (without batteries)

SevenGo™ and SevenGo Duo™

SevenGo Duo™ instrument models

SG78

SG23 pH/conductivity meter (IP67) for routine use • Dual-channel measuring instrument for determining pH, mV, conductivity, TDS (Total Dissolved Solids), salinity, and specific resistance • 3-point pH calibration with predefined or user-defined buffers • Intelligent Sensor Management (ISM®) • Data storage for 99 GLP data records For specifications, see SG2 and SG3 (exception: Weight: 357 g ­without batteries).

Order info SG23-B SG23-ELK

SG23-FK2

SG23-FK5

Standard equipment Meter only Electrode kit with InLab Expert Pro-ISM and InLab 738-ISM (both IP67, 1.8 m cable) Field kit with InLab Expert Pro-ISM and InLab 738-ISM (both IP67, 1.8 m cable) Field kit with InLab Expert Pro-ISM-5 m and InLab 738-ISM-5 m (both IP67, 5 m cable)

Order No. 51302600 51302601 51302602 51302603

SevenGo Duo pro™ instrument models SG68 pH/ion/oxygen meter (IP67) to meet the highest requirements • Portable dual-channel measuring instrument for the determination of pH, mV, rel. mV, ion concentration, and dissolved oxygen • 5-point pH calibration with choice of 7 predefined and one userdefined buffer set • Data storage for 500 GLP data records with time/date, sensor ID and SN, and user and sample IDs • Contact-free IR communication • Intelligent Sensor Management (ISM®) SG68 pH mV (rel. mV) Ions (units) mg/L, mmd/ L, mol/L

Temperature

Saturation Temperature Oxygen (mg/L, ppm) Pressure pH sensor inputs DO sensor inputs Order info SG68-B SG68-ELK

SG68-FK2

SG68-FK5

Measuring range Resolution -2.000 to 19.999 0.001 -1999 to 1999 0.1 0.000 to 999.9% 0.000 to 9999 ppm 1.00E-9 to 9.99E+9 -5.0 to 130.0 °C (ATC) 0.1 °C -30.0 to 130.0 °C (MTC) 0.0 to 600% 0.1 to 1 0.0 to 60.0 °C 0.1 °C 0.00 to 99.00 0.01 500 to 1100 mbar 1 BNC (>1012 Ohm); NTC 30 KΩ (both IP67) BNC (>1012 Ω); NTC 22 KΩ (both IP67)

Precision ± 0.002 ± 0.1 ± 0.5 %

± 0.2 °C ± 0.5 % ± 0.1 °C ± 0.5 % max. 0.03 ±1

Standard equipment Meter only Electrode kit with InLab Expert Pro-ISM and InLab 605-ISM (both IP67, 1.8 m cable) Field kit with InLab Expert Pro-ISM and InLab 605-ISM (both IP67, 1.8 m cable) Field kit with InLab Expert Pro-ISM-5 m and InLab 605-ISM-5 m (both IP67, 5 m cable)

Order No. 51302610 51302611 51302612 51302613

Accessories Accessories for SevenGo™ Communication (for model SG6, SG7, SG8, SG9, SG68, SG78, SG98) Infrared-USB adapter Infrared-RS232 adapter

51302332 51302333

Other asseccories SevenGo™ clip SevenGo™ 2-electrode clip SevenGo™ protective rubber cover SevenGo™ field compact case (empty)

Order No. 51302325 51302319 51302321 51302359

Order No.

pH/ion/conductivity meter (IP67) to meet the highest requirements • Portable dual-channel measuring instrument for the d­ etermination of pH, mV, rel. mV, ion concentration, conductivity TDS (Total D ­ issolved Solids), salinity, and specific resistance • 5-point pH calibration with choice of 7 predefined and one user-­defined buffer set • Data storage for 500 GLP data records with time/date, sensor ID and SN, and user and sample IDs • Contact-free IR communication • Intelligent Sensor Management (ISM®) SG78 Measuring range Resolution pH -2.000 to 19.999 0.001 mV (rel. mV) -1999 to 1999 0.1 Ions Conductivity 0.01 µS/cm to 1000 mS/cm 0.01 TDS 0.01 mg/L to 600 g/L 0.01 to 1 Specific resistance 0.00 to 100.00 MΩcm Salinity 0.00 to 80.00 ppt Temperature -5.0 to 130.0 °C (ATC) 0.1 °C

-30.0 to 130.0 °C (MTC) 12 pH sensor inputs BNC (>10 Ohm); NTC 30 KΩ (both IP67) Conductivity sensor input LTW 7-pin (IP67)

Kit Standard equipment SG78-B Meter only SG78-ELK Electrode kit with InLab Expert Pro-ISM

and InLab 738-ISM (both IP67, 1.8 m cable) SG78-FK2 Field kit with InLab Expert Pro-ISM

and InLab 738-ISM (both IP67, 1.8 m cable) SG78-FK5 Field kit with InLab Expert Pro-ISM-5 m

and InLab 738-ISM-5 m (both IP67, 5 m cable) SG78-USP/EP Field kit with InLab Pure Pro-ISM, ISM MulitPin cable

and InLab 742-ISM (IP67, 1.8 m cable)

Precision ± 0.002 ± 0.1 ± 0.5 % ± 0.5 %

± 0.2 °C

Order No. 51302620 51302621 51302622 51302623 51302625

SG98 pH/ion/optical dissolved oxygen meter (IP67) to meet the highest requirements • Portable dual-channel measuring instrument for the determination of pH, mV, rel. mV, ion concentration, and optical dissolved oxygen • 5-point pH calibration with choice of 7 predefined and one userdefined buffer set • Data storage for 500 GLP data records with time/date, sensor ID and SN, and user and sample Ids • Contact-free IR communication • Intelligent Sensor Management (ISM®) SG68 Measuring range Resolution pH –2.000 to 19.999 0.001 mV (rel. mV) –1999 to 1999 0.1 Ions (units) 0.000 to 999.9% mg/L, mmd/ L, 0.000 to 9999 ppm mol/L 1.00E-9 to 9.99E+9 Temperature pH –5.0 to 130.0 °C (ATC) 0.1 °C

–30.0 to 130.0 °C (MTC) Saturation 0… 500% 0.1 Temperature DO 0… 50.0 °C 0.1 °C Oxygen (mg/L, ppm) 0.00… 50.00 0.01

Pressure 500 to 1100 mbar 1

Kit Standard equipment SG98-B Instrument only SG98-ELK Electrode kit with InLab Expert Pro-ISM-IP67

and InLab OptiOx (both IP67, 1.8 m cable) SG98-FK2 Field kit with InLab Expert Pro-ISM-IP67

and InLab OptiOx (both IP67, 1.8 m cable) SG98-FK5 Field kit with InLab Expert Pro-ISM-IP67

and InLab OptiOx (both IP67, 5 m cable)

Precision ± 0.002 ± 0.1 ± 0.5 %

± 0.2 °C

± 0.1 °C ± 0.1 mg/L from 0 to 8 ± 0.2 mg/L from 8 to 20 ± 10% from 20 … 50 ±1 Order No. 51302661 51302662 51302663 51302664

197

FiveEasy™ and FiveGo™

FiveEasy™ and FiveGo™ Introduction to pH Measurement The compact FiveEasy bench meters and the splash-protected FiveGo portable meters for measuring pH and conductivity are easy to operate thanks to self-explanatory keypads and large displays. Robust electrodes and helpful accessories complement the meters in the kit versions.

198

FiveEasy™ bench meters

FiveGo™ portable meters

Suitable to a wide variety of applications pH made easy – “Read” starts a measurement, “Cal” a calibration. Automatic endpoint recognition, automatic temperature compensation and calibration with automatic buffer recognition reduce possible user errors to a minimum.

Good portable measurement in the field Ergonomic design – the portable meter is ideal for field work, offering IP54 protection against dust and water ingress.

FiveEasy™ and FiveGo™

At a glance

Useful accessories

Besides the simultaneous display of measured value and temperature, various helpful icons inform you immediately about the condition of your electrode and whether a measurement is in progress or whether the reading is already stable.

Useful accessories such as electrode clip, wrist strap and a laminated “Quick Guide” are included with every meter.

The field kit version comes additionally with a handy carry bag.

For more information please order our brochure Bench Instruments

www.mt.com/pH

FG2 FiveGo™ pH FE20 FiveEasy™ pH FEP20 FiveEasy Plus™ pH*

FG3 FiveGo™ conductivity FG4 FiveGo™ FE30 FiveEasy™ conductivity FiveGo dissolved oxygen FEP30 FiveEasy Plus™ conductivity* FiveGo dissolved oxygen

Measuring range 0.00…14.00 pH

–1999…1999 mV

0 °C…100 °C (32 °F…212 °F)

0.0 μS/cm…199.9 mS/cm 0.1 mg/L…199.9 g/L (TDS) 0.00…19.99 psu (salinity) 0 °C…100 °C (32 °F…212 °F)

0-45 mg/L

Resolution

0.01 pH 1 mV 0.1 °C

Automatic range 0.00…19.99 psu 0.1 °C

0.01 mg/L

Accuracy

± 0.01 pH ± 1 mV ± 0.5 °C

± 0.5% of the measured value ± 0.3 °C

± 1% of the measured value 0.5 °C

Input

BNC, impedance > 10e + 12 Ω Mini-DIN RCA Cinch, NTC 30 kΩ

BNC RCA (Chinch)

* The Plus version of Five Easy has additionally a data storage for 99 measurements and a RS232 interface.

Model FE20-Basic FE20-Kit FE20-ATC kit FEP20-Basic FEP20-ATC kit FEP20-TRIS kit FEP20-Micro kit FE30-Basic FE30-Kit FEP30-Basic FEP30-Kit

Probe Part No none 51302910 LE409 51302911 LE438 51302916 none 51302914 LE438 51302915 LE420 30089748 LE422 30089749 none 51302912 LE703 51302913 none 51302935 LE703 51302936

Model Probe Part No FG2-Basic none 51302900 FG2-Kit LE438 51302901 FG2-Food kit LE427 51302906 FG2-Field kit LE438 51302902 FG3-Basic none 51302903 FG3-Kit LE703 51302904 FG3-Field kit LE703 51302905 FG4-Basic none 51302955 FG4-Kit

LE611 51302956 FG4-Field kit LE611 51302957

Non kit versions include: Meter, operating manual, “Quick guide”, power adapter (FiveEasy™ only), batteries (FiveGo™ only), electrode clip (FiveGo™ only), wrist strap (FiveGo™ only). Electrode is NOT included Kit versions include: as above plus appropriate electrode, electrode arm (FiveEasy™ only), carry bag incl. 4 sample bottles (Field kits only), buffer sachets and guides

199

InLab® Sensors and Solutions

InLab® Sensors The Right Electrode Every Time METTLER TOLEDO Ingold electrodes have been synonymous with quality for over 65 years. Our product offering covers the vast majority of applications both for laboratory and field measurement. Just look through our portfolio to find the right electrode for your application.

These black sensors are ­particularly insensitive to contamination. Their reference electrode is in direct contact with the measured medium by means of two open ­connections, hence there is no junction to block.

InLab® economy and general ­purpose

Premium InLab® and pH specialists

200

Polymer electrolyte

InLab® Sensors and Solutions

Name Type Features/description Connector BNC Cable InLab® economy electrodes InLab® Versatile Economy 2-in-1 Replaceable junction, refillable BNC included InLab® Versatile Pro Economy 3-in-1 Replaceable junction, refillable, ATC probe BNC/RCA included InLab® Easy Economy 2-in-1 Gel-filled, polysulfone shaft S7 52300004* InLab® Easy BNC Economy 2-in-1 Gel-filled, polysulfone shaft BNC included InLab® Basics BNC Economy 2-in-1 ARGENTHAL with Ag+ ion trap BNC included

General purpose pH glass electrodes

InLab® Routine General Purpose 2-in-1 ARGENTHAL with Ag+ ion trap S7 52300004* InLab® Routine Pt1000 General Purpose 3-in-1 ARGENTHAL with Ag+ ion trap MultiPin™ included InLab® Routine Pro General Purpose 3-in-1 ATC probe (TRIS compatible) MultiPin™ 52300009* ® InLab Science General Purpose 2-in-1 Movable glass sleeve S7 52300004* InLab® Science Pro General Purpose 3-in-1 Movable glass sleeve, ATC probe MultiPin™ 52300009*

pH electrodes with polymer electrolyte InLab® Expert Pro (kit electrode) Premium 3-in-1 Open junction, PEEK shaft, 0…100 °C BNC/RCA included InLab® 413 SG Premium 3-in-1 Open junction, PEEK shaft, IP67 BNC/RCA included Waterproof connectors for use with portable meters SevenGo™ SG2 + SG8 InLab® Expert NTC30 Premium 3-in-1 Open junction, PEEK shaft, 0…100 °C MultiPin™ 52300009*

Part No 51343030 51343031 51343010 51343011 51343020

51343050 51343056 51343054 51343070 51343071

51343101 51340288 51343104

Premium InLab® electrodes with pressurized electrolyte InLab® Power Premium 2-in-1 Pressurized reference system SteadyForce™ S7 52300004* 51343110 ® InLab Power Pro Premium 3-in-1 ATC probe, 170 mm long, SteadyForce™ MultiPin™ 52300009* 51343111 InLab® Viscous Premium 2-in-1 SteadyForce™, special thin tip S7 52300004* 51343150 ® InLab Viscous Pro Premium 3-in-1 ATC probe, SteadyForce, special thin tip MultiPin 52300009* 51343151 InLab® pH specialists InLab® Semi-Micro Specialist 2-in-1 6 mm shaft diameter S7 52300004* InLab® Semi-Micro-L Specialist 2-in-1 200 mm long, 6 mm shaft diameter S7 52300004* InLab® Micro Specialist 2-in-1 3 mm shaft diameter S7 52300004* InLab® Ultra-Micro Specialist 2-in-1 3 mm shaft diameter, min. sample volume 15 µL S7 52300004 InLab® Nano Specialist 2-in-1 1.7 mm shaft diameter, min. sample volume 5 μL BNC included InLab® Flex-Micro Specialist 2-in-1 Flexible shaft, shaft length 180 mm BNC included InLab® Reach Specialist 2-in-1 300 mm long S7 52300004* InLab® Surface Specialist 2-in-1 Flat-ended membrane, polysulfone shaft S7 52300004* InLab® Solids Specialist 2-in-1 Spear tip S7 52300004* InLab® Solids Pro Specialist 3-in-1 Spear tip, ATC probe MultiPin™ 52300009* InLab® Cool Specialist 2-in-1 FRISCOLYT-B electrolyte, –30…80 °C S7 52300004* InLab® Hydrofluoric Specialist 2-in-1 Special HF resistant membrane S7 52300004* InLab® Reach Pro Specialist 3-in-1 400 mm long, ATC probe MultiPin™ 52300009* InLab® Pure Specialist 2-in-1 dirt repellent PTFE junction, gel electrolyte S7 52300004* InLab® Pure Pro Specialist 3-in-1 Triple junction, ATC probe, electrolyte bridge MultiPin™ 52300009* InLab® 490 Specialist 3-in-1 ISFET probe with driTEK reference Mini-DIN included

ORP/Redox electrodes InLab® Redox ORP 2-in-1 Platinum ring S7 52300004* InLab® Redox Au ORP 2-in-1 Gold ring S7 52300004* InLab® Redox Ag ORP 2-in-1 Silver ring, KNO3 electrolyte S7 52300004* InLab® Redox Pro ORP 2-in-1 Platinum ring, movable PTFE sleeve S7 52300004* Pt805-S7/120 ORP half-cell Platinum ring S7 59902392*

51343165 51343161 51343160 51343163 30092990 51343164 51343060 51343157 51343153 51343154 51343174 51343176 51343061 51343170 51343171 51302305

51343200 51343204 51343205 51343201 59904377

* BNC cables are sold separately, and are not included in the price of the electrodes.

Temperature sensors InLab® NTC30 kΩ laboratory temperature sensor in glass shaft (cable not included) (120 x 12 mm), with quality certificate InLab® Pt1000 laboratory temperature sensor in glass shaft (cable not included) (120 x 12 mm), with quality certificate NTC30 kΩ temperature probe in stainless steel (cable included) PT1000 temperature probe in stainless steel (cable included)

51343310 51343312 51300164 51300165

2-in-1 combination electrode: this is a reference and pH half-cell in one electrode.

3-in-1 combination electrode: this electrode has a built-in temperature sensor as well as a reference and pH half-cell.

www.electrodes.net

201

InLab® Sensors and Solutions

Determinations Precisely!

202

Intelligent Sensor Management (ISM®)

All You Need in One Probe

Modular and Versatile

Sensors for SevenGo Duo™ and SevenCompact™ ISM® is a sophisticated new concept for the SevenGo Duo™ and SevenCompact™ meters. It means that the user can rest assured that he or she is always working with the most up-to-date data for the sensor.

Conductivity probes The probes in our InLab® 700 series include a built-in temperature sensor enabling automatic temperature ­compensation. The InLab® 741 easily fulfils the stringent conductivity requirements of the United States and European Pharmacopoeia (USP/EP).

Ion-selective half-cells and gas sensitive electrodes METTLER TOLEDO offers one of the largest ranges of ion-selective and gas sensitive electrodes in the world.

The ion-selective electrodes (ISE) can be used with your titrator as well as your ion meter. Please contact the ­Laboratory Technical Support Team for more details, including application information.

InLab® Sensors and Solutions

Sensors for METTLER TOLEDO meters with Intelligent Sensor Management (ISM®) Name Type Features/description Cable and Connector Part No InLab® Expert Pro-ISM pH InLab® Expert Pro with ISM 51344291 30014096 InLab® Science Pro-ISM pH InLab® Science Pro with ISM 51344291* 51344072 ® InLab Routine Pro-ISM pH InLab® Routine Pro with ISM 51344291* 51344055 InLab® Power Pro-ISM pH InLab® Power Pro with ISM 51344291* 51344211 InLab® Pure Pro-ISM pH InLab® Pure Pro with ISM 51344291* 51344172 InLab® Solids Pro-ISM pH InLab® Solids Pro with ISM 51344291* 51344155 InLab® Micro Pro-ISM pH InLab® Micro Pro with ISM 51344291* 51344163 InLab® Expert Pro-ISM IP67 pH InLab® Expert Pro with ISM Fixed cable: IP67 BNC/RCA (Cinch) 51344102 InLab® 731-ISM Conductivity InLab® 731 with ISM Fixed cable: Mini-DIN 30014092 InLab® 738-ISM Conductivity InLab® 738 with ISM Fixed cable: IP67 LTW 51344110 InLab® 741-ISM Conductivity InLab® 741 with ISM Fixed cable: Mini-DIN 30014094 InLab® 742-ISM Conductivity InLab® 742 with ISM Fixed cable: IP67 LTW 51344116 InLab® 605-ISM Dissolved oxygen InLab® 605 with ISM Fixed cable: BNC/RCA (Cinch) 51343611 InLab® OptiOx Dissolved oxygen Optical RDO technology Fixed cable, Mini-LTW 51344621 * Cables are sold separately, and are not included in the price of the electrodes. See page 204 for information.

Conductivity probes Name Type Measuring range InLab® 751-4mm Shaft diameter 4 mm 10 µ/cm…200 mS/cm InLab® 752-6mm Shaft diameter 6 mm 10 µ/cm…200 mS/cm InLab® 731 (kit elektrode) 4 graphite poles, epoxy shaft 0,01 mS/cm…1000 mS/cm InLab® 738 4 graphite poles, epoxy shaft 0,01 mS/cm…1000 mS/cm InLab® 741 (USP/EP) 2 steel poles, V4A steel shaft 0,001 µS/cm…500 µS/cm InLab® 742 2 steel poles, V4A steel shaft 0,001 µS/cm…500 µS/cm InLab® Trace Kit 2 titanium poles, flow cell 0.0001 μS/cm…1000 μS/cm

Cell constant Connections Part No 0.1cm-1 Mini-DIN 51344030 0.1cm-1 Mini-DIN 51344031 0,57 cm–1 Mini-DIN 51344020 0,57 cm–1 IP67 LTW 51344120 0,105 cm–1 Mini-DIN 51344024 0,105 cm–1 IP67 LTW 51344126 0.01 cm-1 Mini-LTW 30014099

DX series ion-selective half-cells and gas sensitive electrodes (GSE)

Assembled ion-selective electrode (ISE) Membrane kit

Cable Cable to fit Ion DX ISE Part No for titrator ion/pH meter Part No Ammonia NH3 GSE 51341000 089601* 52300004* 51340013 Ammonium DX218-NH4+ # 51340900 089601* 52300004* 51340012 Barium DX337-Ba2+ # 51107674 089601* 52300004* 51107688 Bromide DX280-Br– # 51340300 089601* 52300004* 51340006 Cadmium DX312-Cd2+ # 51107672 089601* 52300004* 51107686 Calcium DX240-Ca2+ # 51340600 089601* 52300004* 51340009 Chloride DX235-Cl – # 51340400 089601* 52300004* 51340007 Copper DX264-Cu2+ # 51107678 089601* 52300004* 51107692 Cyanide DX226-CN – # 51107681 089601* 52300004* 51107695 Fluoride DX219-F – # 51340500 089601* 52300004* 51340008 Fluoroborate DX287-BF4– # 51107676 089601* 52300004* 51107690 Iodide DX327-I – # 51107680 089601* 52300004* 51107694 Lead DX407-Pb2+ # 51107873 089601* 52300004* 51107874 Lithium DX207-Li+ # 51107673 089601* 52300004* 51107687 Nitrate DX262-NO3– # 51340800 089601* 52300004* 51340011 Potassium DX239-K+ # 51340700 089601* 52300004* 51340010 Sodium DX223-Na+ # 51340263 089601* 52300004* n/a Sulphide (Silver) DX232-S2– # 51107675 089601* 52300004* 51107689 Surfactant DS500 # 51107670 089601* 52300004* 51107669 Thiocyanate DX258-SCN – # 51107870 089601* 52300004* 51107871

Filling solution Part No 51340036 51340035 51107892 51340029 51107891 51340032 51340030 51107889 51107893 51340031 51107890 51107898 51107875 51107881 51340034 51340033 n/a 51107894 51107899 51107872

# Reference electrode required. See below. * Cables are sold separately and are not included in the price of the electrodes.

NOx GSE CO2 GSE

Nitrogen Oxides Carbon Dioxide

NH3 GSE 51341000 + NOx electrolyte 51340037 NH3 GSE 51341000 + CO2 electrolyte 51340038

Half-cell and reference electrodes Name Type Features/description Connector Cable for titrator BNC cable InLab® Mono pH half-cell pH glass electrode S7 089601* 52300004* InLab® Reference Reference electrode Ceramic junction S7 52300015* 52300016* InLab® Reference Pro Reference electrode PTFE sleeve, S7 52300015* 52300016*

electrolyte bridge DX200 Reference electrode Ground glass sleeve, S7 52300015* 52300016*

for titration electrolyte bridge * Cables are sold separately, and are not included in the price of the electrodes. See pages 204 for information.

Part No 52000127 52000128 52000129 51089935

203

InLab® Sensors and Solutions

perfectION™ series combination ion-selective electrodes Assembled ISE Ion

perfectION™

Part No electrode 51344700

Cable and connector

Silver / Sulphide

Combined Ag /S

Comb. Ag+/S2– Lemo

51344800

1.2 m cable; Lemo

Combined Ca

51344703

1.2 m cable; BNC

Comb. Ca2+ Lemo

51344803

1.2 m cable; Lemo

Combined Cl –

51344706

1.2 m cable; BNC

Comb. Cl – Lemo

51344806

1.2 m cable; Lemo

Combined CN –

51344709

1.2 m cable; BNC

Comb. CN – Lemo

51344809

1.2 m cable; Lemo

Combined Cu2+

51344712

1.2 m cable; BNC

Comb. Cu Lemo

51344812

1.2 m cable; Lemo

Combined F –

51344715

1.2 m cable; BNC

Comb. F – Lemo

51344815

1.2 m cable; Lemo

Combined I –

51344718

1.2 m cable; BNC

Comb. I – Lemo

51344818

1.2 m cable; Lemo

Combined K

51344721

1.2 m cable; BNC

Comb. K+ Lemo

51344821

1.2 m cable; Lemo

Sodium

Combined Na

51344724

S7

Nitrate

Combined NO3–

51344727

1.2 m cable; BNC

Comb. NO3 Lemo

51344827

1.2 m cable; Lemo

Combined Pb2+

51344730

1.2 m cable; BNC

Comb. Pb2+ Lemo

51344830

1.2 m cable; Lemo

Calcium

Chloride

Cyanide

Copper

+

2–

2+

2+

Fluoride

Iodide

Potassium

+

+

–

Lead

1.2 m cable; BNC

Reference electrolyte Designation and Part No Ion Electrolyte B 51344751 Ion Electrolyte B 51344751 Ion Electrolyte A 51344750 Ion Electrolyte A 51344750 Ion Electrolyte B 51344751 Ion Electrolyte B 51344751 Ion Electrolyte B 51344751 Ion Electrolyte B 51344751 Ion Electrolyte D 51344753 Ion Electrolyte D 51344753 Ion Electrolyte A 51344750 Ion Electrolyte A 51344750 Ion Electrolyte D 51344753 Ion Electrolyte D 51344753 Ion Electrolyte E 51344754 Ion Electrolyte E 51344754 3 mol/L KCl 51340049 Ion Electrolyte F 51344755 Ion Electrolyte F 51344755 Ion Electrolyte B 51344751 Ion Electrolyte B 51344751

Membrane module Part No

Ionic Strength Adjustment (ISA) solution Part No

n/a

Silver: 51344760

n/a

Silver: 51344760

51344850

51344761

51344850

51344761

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

51344760

n/a

51344760

n/a

51344760

n/a

51344760

n/a

51344760

n/a

51344760

51344851

51344762

51344851

51344762

n/a

51340072

51344852

n/a

51344763 51344764 51344763 51344764 51344760

n/a

51344760

51344852

Detachable Cables The Right Connections We supply various cables.

For more information, ­including help with selecting the correct cable, ­contact our ­Laboratory Technical Support Team.

MultiPin

S7

Ref

BNC

Banana 2 mm

Cables for electrodes Type Part No S7 screwhead to BNC for pH and redox 52300004 electrodes (without temperature sensor) MultiPin™ head to BNC/RCA 52300009 for electrodes with NTC30K temperature probe S7 screwhead to 2 mm pin for reference half-cell 52300016 Red S7 screwhead to BNC 59902392 MultiPin™ ISM® electrode cable 51344291

204

InLab® Sensors and Solutions

A Solution Within Hands-Reach METTLER TOLEDO buffer solutions are traceable to p­ rimary ­standards ­selected by NIST (National ­Institute of ­Standards and T­ echnology, USA).

Each buffer ­solution comes with a ­quality inspection ­certificate which ­guarantees the stated ­values and traceability. www.mt.com/buffer www.mt.com/msds

pH and Redox buffers

Conductivity standards

pH buffer soln Color Packaging 2.00 Clear 250 mL bottle 2.00 Clear 6 x 250 mL bottles 4.01 Clear 30 x 20 mL sachets 4.01 Red 250 mL bottle 4.01 Red 6 x 250 mL bottles 7.00 Clear 30 x 20 mL sachets 7.00 Green 250 mL bottle 7.00 Green 6 x 250 mL bottles 9.21 Clear 30 x 20 mL sachets 9.21 Blue 250 mL bottle 9.21 Blue 6 x 250 mL bottles 10.00 Clear 250 mL bottle 10.00 Clear 6x 250 mL bottles 10.00 Clear 30 x 20 mL sachets 11.00 Clear 250 mL bottle 11.00 Clear 6 x 250 mL bottles Rainbow boxes 4.01/7.00/9.21 30 x 20 mL sachets 4.01/7.00/10.00 30 x 20 mL sachets 4.01/7.00/9.21 6x250 mL bottles 4.01/7.00/10.00 6x250 mL bottles pH buffer solutions NIST and DIN 19266 pH ±0.015 4.006 Clear 250 mL bottle 4.006 Clear 6 x 250 mL bottles 6.865 Clear 250 mL bottle 6.865 Clear 6 x 250 mL bottles 9.180 Clear 250 mL bottle 9.180 Clear 6 x 250 mL bottles 10.012 Clear 250 mL bottle DKD-certified buffer solutions 4.01 Red 250 mL bottle 7.00 Green 250 mL bottle 9.21 Blue 250 mL bottle 10.00 Clear 250 mL bottle ISA solutions TISAB 3, for determination of Fluoride, 250 mL bottle 0.9 mol/l Al2(SO4)3, for determination of Ammonium, Potassium, Nitrate, 250 mL bottle Redox buffer solutions. E(Ag/AgCl) 25 ºC 220 mV UH = 427 mV 250 mL bottle 220 mV UH = 427 mV 6x250 mL bottle

Part No 51340055 51319010 51302069 51340057 51340058 51302047 51340059 51340060 51302070 51300193 51300194 51340056 51340231 51302079 51340063 51319018 51302068 51302080 30095312 30095313 51340039 51319004 51340041 51319005 51340042 51319007 51340044 52118093 52118094 52118095 52118096 51340064 51340072

51340065 51340081

Conductivity standards

Conductivity standards 1.3 μS/cm 250 mL bottle 5 μS/cm 250 mL bottle 10 µS/cm 250 mL bottle 84 µS/cm 250 mL bottle 500 µS/cm 250 mL bottle

Part No 30090847 30094617 51300169 51302153 51300170

Conductivity standards 1413 µS/cm 30 x 20 mL sachets 1413 µS/cm 250 mL bottle 1413 µS/cm 6 x 250 mL bottles 12.88 mS/cm 30 x 20 mL sachets 12.88 mS/cm 250 mL bottle 12.88 mS/cm 6 x 250 mL bottles

Part No 51302049 51300138 51300259 51302050 51300139 51300260

ISE calibration standards

Ion and concentration Packaging Silver ISE standard solution 1000 mg/L 500 mL bottle Ammonium ISE standard solution 1000 mg/L 500 mL bottle Ammonium ISE standard solution 100 mg/L 500 mL bottle Calcium ISE standard solution 1000 mg/L 500 mL bottle Calcium ISE standard solution 100 mg/L 500 mL bottle Calcium ISE standard solution 10 mg/L 500 mL bottle Chloride ISE standard solution 1000 mg/L 500 mL bottle Chloride ISE standard solution 100 mg/L 500 mL bottle Chloride ISE standard solution 10 mg/L 500 mL bottle Cyanide ISE standard solution 1000 mg/L 500 mL bottle Copper ISE standard solution 1000 mg/L 500 mL bottle Fluoride ISE standard solution 1000 mg/L 500 mL bottle Fluoride ISE standard solution 100 mg/L 500 mL bottle Fluoride ISE standard solution 10 mg/L 500 mL bottle Iodide ISE standard solution 1000 mg/L 500 mL bottle Potassium ISE standard solution 1000 mg/L 500 mL bottle Sodium ISE standard solution 1000 mg/L 500 mL bottle Sodium ISE standard solution 100 mg/L 500 mL bottle Sodium ISE standard solution 10 mg/L 500 mL bottle Nitrate ISE standard solution 1000 mg/L 500 mL bottle Lead ISE standard solution 1000 mg/L 500 mL bottle Sulphide ISE standard solution 1000 mg/L 500 mL bottle

Part No 51344770 30090859 30090860 51344771 30090855 30090856 51344772 30090853 30090854 51344773 51344774 51344775 30090851 30090852 51344776 51344777 51344778 30090857 30090858 51344779 51344780 51344781

Maintenance and verification solutions Electrolytes for reference electrodes KCl 3 mol/l 250 mL bottle KCl 3 mol/l, AgCl saturated 250 mL bottle Friscolyt-B® storage solution for 250 mL bottle InLab®413 pH electrode 1M KNO3 filling solution 250 mL bottle

Part No 51340049 51340045 51340053 51340047

Cleaning solutions Pepsin-HCl for cleaning junctions 250 mL bottle 51340068 with protein contamination Thiourea solution for cleaning 250 mL bottle 51340070 junctions with silver sulphide contamination Reactivation solution for 25 mL bottle 51340073 regeneration of glass end electrodes

205

Good Electrochemistry Practice

pH Service and Support Elaborate and Tailored With the comprehensive service offerings from METTLER TOLEDO you can maintain the performance and maximize the uptime of your pH measuring systems. Accurate and precise results are guaranteed at any time.

Furthermore, you can be free of concerns around compliance issues during quality audits.

Make use of our professional installation and qualification services, guaranteeing trouble-free and fast operation of your instrument from day one.

With our VPac™ we provide you with a smart performance test, supporting you in managing compliance beyond your next audit. Enjoy the peace of mind.

206

IPac – Initial Qualification Package

EQPac – Equipment Qualification Package

VPac™ – pH Performance Verification

Proof of professional installation and commissioning is required by several regulations and quality standards. We serve with simple and fully compliant initial qualification services.

The EQPac is a service solution designed to address compliance concerns in today’s regulatory environment. It fulfills the requirements for professional qualification documents and provides instrument calibration service on-site.

The VPac pH Verification kit is an easy way to verify the performance of your pH measuring system. This unique self-service gives you extra peace of mind after installation, any setup change or before an audit.

Order no. 30019821 IPac SevenCompact™

Order no. 30046256 EQPac SevenExcellence™

Order no. 30090849 VPac™ pH Verification kit

Discover the Safest Path to the Top with Good Electrochemistry Practice™ Measuring pH in the laboratory is a common analysis, but so many things can go wrong. The same goes for conductivity, ion concentration, dissolved oxygen and redox determination.

GEP™ is about guiding you through the whole p­ roduct lifecycle, detecting possible risks, finding the right tools to address these, and thus ensure consistently reliable results.

Take 5 minutes to localize your risks and get the necessary support: www.mt.com/gep

207

AutoChem 208

AutoChem

AutoChem Overview Reaction Engineering Synthesis Workstations Particle Characterization Service

210 212 214 216 218

Page – 211 – 213 – 215 – 217 – 219

Chemical Synthesis, Process Development and Particle Characterization

209

AutoChem Overview

Complete Projects Faster From Lab to Production METTLER TOLEDO solutions enable the development of a wide range of chemistries that help companies bring products to market faster, at lower costs and with higher quality.

Early Phase Development Synthesis workstations and real-time in situ probes allow chemists to quickly develop new synthetic routes, then safely deliver grams to kilograms of materials. These tools provide initial understanding of process scale-up issues, enabling scientists to eliminate non-viable candidates early in development.

Process Development The combination of reaction calorimeters, FTIR based in situ reaction analysis systems and particle size and shape analysis tools support the chemical, thermo足 dynamic and particle characterization of processes.

This increased process knowledge speeds the development of batch or continuous processes. The enhanced quality and quantity of process knowledge obtained enables engineers to quickly scale-up processes, eliminate scale-up failures and avoid safety incidents.

Scale-up and Manufacturing Process Analytical Technology (PAT) tools ensure processes are within boundary conditions, eliminating the risk of batch failures while delivering higher yields at lower cost. PAT systems allow users to realize the benefits of Quality by Design (QbD) through the transfer of more robust, lower cost commercial processes to manufacturing.

210

AutoChem Overview

FTIR based systems provide real-time composition analysis to monitor key reaction species in situ â&#x20AC;&#x201C; eliminating the need for grab sampling.

Round bottom flasks, heating mantles, ice baths and cryostats are eliminated. Experimental data is captured providing enhanced reaction understanding and control.

Probe-based instruments optimize crystallization and particulate process development by understanding and controlling particle dimension and shape in-process.

Integrates the entire experimental workflow making it simple to visualize, interpret and report results, Powerful algorithms enable deeper process understanding with less effort.

iC Software

iC Software

Particle Characterization

Particle Characterization

Synthesis Workstations

Synthesis Workstations

Reaction Analysis

Reaction Analysis

211

Reaction Engineering

R&D Workstations Improve Process Development Reaction calorimeters and in situ reaction analysis tools enable the development of safe, robust, commercially viable chemical processes. These instruments provide a complete research and development solution enabling faster process development and safer scale-up.

212

ReactIR™ 15/45m Reaction Analysis

RC1e® Reaction Calorimetry

A real-time, in situ mid-infrared based system designed to study reaction progression – providing specific information about reaction initiation, conversion, intermediates, and endpoint.

The comprehensive nature of the data makes it ideal for kinetic analysis and facilitates the elucidation of reaction mechanism and pathway.

The combination of RC1e and RTCal (Real Time Calorimetry) provides reaction information under process-like conditions using real-time heat flow or heat flux calorimetry. Optimize process safety investigations to avoid incidents in the lab or plant.

What is Happening in your Bioreactor?

Understand, develop and optimize feed strategies by monitoring nutrient and by-product levels inline and in real-time in the lab bioreactor. Scale-up and monitor components of interest to control feed rates and detect process deviations immediately with inline ReactIR, mid-IR technology.

Recent Advances in Organic Chemistry A Review of Recently Reported Applications Using In Situ Spectroscopy

The Next Steps in Enzymatic Catalysis Vaso Vlachos, Mettler-Toledo AutoChem, Inc.

Enzymes, as biocatalysts, are a highly suitable, environmentally friendly alternative to heavy metal industrial catalysts. The “Green Chemistry” nature of enzymes as catalysts is based on a number of characteristics.

Enzymes are biodegradable and typically produced through fermentation of renewable feedstocks(1) or easily mass produced through recombinant technologies(2). Enzymes also catalyze chemical reactions under mild temperature (20°C-40˚C) and pH conditions (pH 5-8), and perform well in aqueous environments(1). Examples of enzymecatalyzed industrial-scale organic reactions include hydrolysis, oxida-

tion, reduction, addition – elimination, halogenation and dehalogenation, and transesterification(1,3). ReactIR™ is a real-time in situ reaction analysis system that enables scientists to easily and rapidly obtain comprehensive information and understanding about reaction chemistry. ReactIR™ monitors reactive chemistry using well understood midIR spectroscopy. A robust ATR probe is inserted directly into the reaction vessel, providing a “molecular video” of the reaction. The concentration changes of all key reactive and transient species are monitored allowing for mechanism and pathway determination.

This white paper highlights three examples – pharmaceutical, academic and military – where ReactIR™ was used to monitor the enzyme-catalyzed reactions in real time, to enable researchers to understand reaction mechanisms, and determine kinetic parameters. It is not the intent to go into detailed scientific findings as these were documented in each paper and it is recommended to read the original publications for this purpose. Instead, the author highlights the context in which ReactIR™ was used and how this helped researchers answer key questions.

www.mt.com/enzymatic-wp For the Enzymatic Catalysis white paper

Configuration

Model

Environment

Application Area

ReactIR™ 15

Lab

Synthetic Chemistry

ReactIR™ 45m

Lab

Synthetic Chemistry, Chemical Development, Kinetics, Quantitative Analysis

FlowIR™ ReactIR™ 45P

Lab Lab/Production

RC1e®

Lab/Pilot Lab/Small Scale Production

RTCal™

Lab

Optimization and Control of Flow Chemistry Scale-up, Campaigns, Process Transfer Process Development, Process Optimization, Scale-up, Process Safety Polymerizations, Process Optimization, Process Chemistry 213

Synthesis Workstations

Better Information Leads to Better Science Synthesis workstations reduce chemical and process development times by replacing traditional round bottom flasks and jacketed lab reactors. They help researchers complete more experiments and deliver more information per experiment, increasing overall productivity. HFCal (Heat Flow Calorimetry) is an add on to the synthesis workstations providing reaction calorimetry capabilities.

214

EasyMaxÂŽ Small-Scale Synthesis Workstation

OptiMaxâ&#x201E;˘ Large Volume Synthesis Workstation

Makes chemical synthesis easier by eliminating the dependance on oil baths and chillers. Even low temperature chemistry is easy. EasyMax records reaction events otherwise missed and all data is automatically recorded.

Improves workflows in organic synthesis and process development labs by delivering new chemical compounds for application testing faster, helping characterize the process and reduce failures. By adding heat flow calorimetry as an option, scale-up issues and key reaction events are identified earlier.

Increase Quality, Decrease Cost, Increase Speed By implementing new technology in to the development phase, scientists obtain better information to improve processes, reduce costs and generate cost competitive research and development.

www.mt.com/ac-chemdevguide For the Guide to Chemical Development

www.mt.com/autochem

Configuration

Model

Environment

Application Area

EasyMax®

Lab

Synthetic Chemistry, Process Development

EasyMax® HFCal

Lab

Process Optimization, Scale-up, Process Safety Screening

OptiMax™

Lab

Synthetic Chemistry, Process Development

OptiMax™ HFCal

Lab

Process Optimization, Scale-up, Process Safety 215

Particle Characterization

Particle Size and Shape Analysis For the Lab, Pilot Plant & Production ParticleTrack with Focused Beam Reflectance Measurement (FBRM速) and Particle Vision and Measurement (PVM速) technologies provide precise inline measurement of particle size, shape and count without sampling. Probe-based instruments measure particles and droplets in gas or liquid suspension at process concentration providing real-time information to speed development, maximize process performance, and optimize quality.

216

G400 Series Lab

G600 Series Lab to Plant

E25 Series Lab to Plant

V819 Series Lab

The portable small scale G400 is ideal for applications in less than 1 liter vessels or small pipelines. G400 can be multiplexed to run simultaneous experiments. Experimental parameters are quickly screened to assess the impact of process conditions on the particle system.

G600 is ideal for 1 to 50,000 liter vessels and allows chemists and engineers to design processes for scale-up to production providing the desired particle size distribution, yield and purity. Tracking the particles allows processing conditions to be adjusted to ensure optimum cycle time.

E25 measures real-time changes to particle size and count without sampling enabling real-time optimization of product quality, formulation stability and process performance in lab and process environments.

Real-time probe based microscope providing instant critical insight into crystal, particle, and droplet systems. It enables chemists and engineers to detect and understand process changes that could take months to discover with traditional offline microscopy techniques.

Particles in downstream bioprocessing? Through inline monitoring of particles and tracking changes to the number and size of particles in a system, downstream bioprocessing can be optimized to improve clarification (flocculation, centrifugation and filtration) processes as well as purification (precipitation and crystallization) processes.

Recent Advances in Bioprocessing A Review of Recently Reported Applications in Fermentation Monitoring

Fermentation: Inline Real-Time Monitoring of Key Process Parameters Vaso Vlachos, Mettler-Toledo AutoChem, Inc.

As consumer demand for bioproducts increases, so increases the need for fast and accurate bioprocess monitoring to ensure efficient process control – maximizing productivity and product purity. Traditional inline bioreactor measurements, such as pH, temperature, dissolved oxygen, CO2, agitation speed, etc., provide some process information but do not provide full information on the health, nutrient demand and metabolite production of the culture. Offline techniques to gain this information can be labor intensive and take time for analysis, thus not truly representing the process as it

exists in real time, resulting in delayed process control decisions and batch-tobatch variability.

Inline ReactIR™ mid-IR spectroscopy simultaneously measures, in real time, the concentration of multiple components of the growth medium and metabolites during the course of a fermentation process, while Focused Beam Reflectance Measurement (FBRM®) tracks changes in biomass concentration and morphology in real time. In this white paper four case studies discussing the application of ReactIR™ ® and FBRM in bioprocess monitoring

are presented, demonstrating the use of these non-invasive and non-destructive technologies in gaining insight into the bioprocess and how it exists in real time in the bioreactor.

It is not the intent to go into detailed scientific findings as these were documented in each paper and it is recommended to read the original publications for this purpose. Instead, the author highlights the context in which the technology was used and how this helped researchers answer key questions.

www.mt.com/fermentation-wp For the PAT and BioProcessing white paper

Configuration

Model

Technology

Vessel Size

Key Characteristic

G400

FBRM®

30 mL - 500 mL

G600L

FBRM®

500 mL - 5 L

E25

FBRM®

500 mL+

V819

PVM®

250 mL - 5 L

G600R

FBRM®

1 L+

G600S/T

FBRM®

1 L+

Pipeline installations

G600P

FBRM®

20 L+

1m probe length

G600X

FBRM®

1 L+

E25

FBRM®

500 mL+

Laboratory Solutions Portable, Interchangable probes Results scalable to plant Measure at full process concentration In-process video microscopy

Production Solutions Dip-pipe mountable

Customizable Measure at full process concentration 217

Service

Extend Instrument Performance With Custom Maintenance Programs Researchers and engineers across industry and academia rely on METTLER TOLEDO instruments to provide critical information during investigations. To be successful scientists need to be confident that the equipment works correctly, when it is needed, and the result can be trusted.

METTLER TOLEDO provides a range of service options to prevent instrument downtime, guarantee result quality and ensure regulatory compliance. Our customized coverage minimizes unexpected costs, improves data collection reliability and reduces the total cost of ownership.

218

Uptime

Performance

Compliance

Instruments are often subjected to high utilization in critical processes. System reliability is maximized through our field service team, help desk, return to factory refurbishment and repair services, and optional value added products.

Optimize hardware and software performance with comprehensive installation, preventive maintenance and full service contract programs. Trained METTLER TOLEDO technicians ensure the system is performing within factory specifications.

Meet internal and external compliance standards with optional value added services. IPac and EQPac qualification services ensure internal compliance standards are met and provide objective evidence for regulated environments.

AutoChem

Performance Qualification

Quali ty-Pa c

Equipment Identification

End User Information

End User Information

Equipment Identification

Company

Model

1 201 A Address ber tem City -AC Rev Sep 091

B-0Country MK-P 563 DCN Operational Readiness Parameter

Acceptance Criteria

Power

On

Purge gas supply

On

Enclosure Temperature Control

34 degrees C +/- 1 degrees C

Modulator Temperature Control

ac terP r a t S

Serial No. Zip Code

Internal No.

Other Recorded Value

Complete

41.5C +/- 1.5C

General Functional Tests Parameter

Acceptance Criteria

Purge and Pressurization

Touch screen goes to blank (power termination) upon opening of the enclosure

PIA Signal to noise

Refer to Signal-to-Noise Test in section 12.1.1

Acetone Absorbance

Recorded Value

Complete

Sampling 1 Sampling 2 Probe 1

Refer to Acetone Absorbance Test in section 12.1.2

Probe 2

Refer to PIA Ultrasonic Cleaner Ultrasonic Cleaner Test (option) in section 0 PIA Streamline Heater

Initial Quali fic Pack ation age

Refer to Streamline Temperature Test (option) in section 12.1.4

Analog Communication

Refer to Analog Communication Device Tests (option) in section 12.1.5

DCS Communication

Refer to DCS Communication Test (option) in section 12.1.6

Software Validation

Complete “MonARC v4.x Validation Test”. Attach to this report.

IPac

Equipment Performance Qualification Report Date of Performance Qualification

Performance and Review

Expertise

Performed by

Reviewed by

Position

Position

Signature

Signature

Date

Date

IR™ Flow tions c a s Re uou n i t n f Co is o alys n A e l-Tim Rea EQ-Pac MonARC QA-VL-0002-AC Rev E DCN D338 © 2011 METTLER TOLEDO Columbia, MD

Page 54 of 127

Manuf acture r M Instru ETTLE ment ment R Type Invent 1001 ory N Instru um ber M ment Seria S G 123 * l Num ber B 12

Instru

TOLE

DO

81699

812

OptiM ax™ MTPN: 14696401

Installation and Performance Verification Packages Service specialists identify, plan and coordinate complex product solutions, workflow integration and installations for on-time and on-budget completion.

Professional documentation ensures compliance and process consistency

www.mt.com/ac-service

219

Melting, Dropping and Softening Point Simple, fast and reliable

220

Page Melting Point 222 –223 Dropping Point 224 –225 Good Melting and Dropping Point Practice 226 –227

221

Melting Point

Determine the Melting Point With Just One Click™ Fast and accurate measurement of up to six samples simultaneously, in conformity with current Pharmacopeias and Industry Standards.

Rapid sample preparation Rapid sample preparation and quick sample insertion can help you to save time and money. The sample preparation tool holds up to six samples.

One Click™ measurement Quick to learn, easy to operate.

One click on the product short key starts the measurement and the analysis. Each user has his own set of short keys, in his own language 1).

Reliable results The measurement principle and the possibility of eliminating ­obvious outliers from mean value determination ensure excellent repeatability without the need to repeat the measurement.

High throughput analysis Faster sample preparation, quick start with One Click™, simultaneous measurement of up to 6 samples and automatic export of results to printer, computer or LIMS i­ncreases the overall throughput.

Video replay High resolution AVI videos record all measurements and are available for further analysis and elimination of obvious outliers.

Data output Measurement results can be ­exported as PDF to a USB stick or as CSV to an SD card or a computer. Videos can be stored on a SD card for further evaluation on a PC 1).

1) MP70

222

and MP90

Melting Point

LabX software

LabX offers important benefits compared to the standalone instrument. These include freely programmable user management, a comprehensive reference substance database, special methods such as the determination of mixed melting points, and statistics based on several measurements.

LabX provides full SOP user guidance on the instrument touchscreen and supports titrators, density meter, refractometers, melting point instruments and balances. It can be connected to ERP or SAP for full integration with existing information systems. For more details see pages 16–19

MP90

www.mt.com/one-click-melting

Temperature range

MP50

MP70

MP90

RT to 300 °C

RT to 350 °C

RT to 400 °C

Capillaries number

Up to 4

Up to 4

Up to 6

Video

Gray scale AVI Magnification 6x

Color AVI Magnification 6x

Color AVI Magnification 6x

Video export

–

on SD card

on an SD card or to a PC

One Click (Short Cut)

12

12 per user

12 per user

Max. number of methods

–

20

60

Substance database

–

Up to 6 substances

Up to 100 substances

Number of permanently stored results

Last 10

Last 50

Last 100

Measurement mode

Pharmacopeia

Pharmacopeia + Thermodynamic

Pharmacopeia + Thermodynamic

RT = Room Temperature

223

Dropping Point

Dropping and Softening Point Precise and standard-compliant With the innovative METTLER TOLEDO dropping point systems, you can determine dropping and softening points of pitch, asphalt, polymers, resins, waxes and many more materials with full automatic operation.

Standard compliant cups and measurement methods guarantee comparable results.

DP70 Dropping Point

DP90 Dropping Point

The instrument can be operated in two different modes: determination of dropping point or of softening point. Visual camera observation and digital image analysis ensure that the result values are reliable.

The high resolution color videos recorded during the measurement can be repeatedly played back on the instrument. This allows you to check un­ expected results by visually verifying the measurements.

The DP90 combines all the advantages of a DP70 with the possibility to start a measurement from –20 °C. Determinations that were previously carried out manually (e.g. according to ASTM D127 or DIN 12785) can now be easily substituted by the auto­ matic method. Access control with username and password, duplicate determination and perfect result documentation are only a few equipment ­features which support regulatory compliance.

OneClick™ analysis One Click is all that is needed to start the measurement – the instrument does the rest for you. All results are ­securely archived and can be tracked at any time. Whether you print out results on a strip or network printer, save reports as PDF, or directly transfer all result files including video to a PC, you always get the maximum ­information possible from your measurements.

In addition the result file in CSV format (comma separated values) enables the read-out of ­selected data by LIMS-software.

224

Dropping Point

Dropping Point

Softening Point

The dropping point (DP) is a characteristic property of a material. It is the temperature at which the first drop of a substance falls from a cup under defined test conditions.

The softening point (SP) is the temperature at which a substance has flowed a certain distance under defined test conditions.

Live image of the video of an EVA copolymer duplicate ­dropping point determination

Softening of colophony. Scaling shown in mm, the white frame displays the evaluation area, while the bottom white line ­indicates the current edge detection

Instrument type

DP70

DP90

Standalone instrument

Control unit with external measuring cell

Temperature range

RT to 400 °C

–20 °C to 400 °C

Heating rate

0.1 to 20 °C per minute

0.1 to 20 °C per minute

Cups number

Up to 2

Up to 2

2.8 / 6.35 mm

2.8 / 6.35 mm

dimensions (orifice)

Languages

English, German, Chinese, Japanese, Spanish, French, Russian, Portuguese

Video

Color AVI Magnification 2.5x

Color AVI Magnification 2.5x

Video export

on SD card or to PC

on SD card or to PC

Length diagram for softening

Yes

Yes

User management

Yes

Yes

Shortcuts (One Click™)

12 per user

12 per user

RT = Room Temperature

www.mt.com/one-click-dropping 225

Good Melting and Dropping Point Practice

MP and DP Service Solutions Assure Highest Performance Professional installation, qualification, training and corresponding seamless documentation guarantee compliance with your process requirements.

It ensures that your melting or dropping point system performs perfectly right from the beginning. METTLER TOLEDO offers a broad range of instrument qualification solutions adaptable to the specific needs.

Need Professional Installation Initial Qualification Comprehensive Qualification Training & Education

226

Servie solution SOP based equipment installation IPac: IQ/OQ execution and documentation EQPac: Comprehensive Equipment Qualification EduPac: Certified training

IPac – Initial Qualification Package

EQPac – Equipment Qualification Package

EduPac – Education Package

IPac is the quick and easy solution for instrument ­qualification.

It includes the Installation Qualification and Operational Qualification processes (IQ/OQ), which are performed professionally and documented accordingly.

EQPac is a comprehensive qualification solution, meeting the strictest regulatory demands and requirements. Detailed documentation with a professionallyexecuted qualification procedure, ensures conformity and establishes complete traceability from the very start.

Under the watchful eye of our specialist, this training package helps you familiarize yourself with the instrument, and learn efficient operation through practical exercises.

• Configuration and setup • Calibration & Adjustment • Structure of methods and analyses

Dropping Point

GMDPâ&#x201E;˘ â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Good Melting and Dropping Point Practice focuses on proactive identification and evaluation of measurement risks and thus contribute to dependable results. It covers the entire lifecycle of your instrument and helps to improve quality while reducing risks and costs.

Qualification

Order no. English

MP IPac

30100864

MP EQPac

51710757

MP EduPac

30100867

DP IPac

30100865

DP EQPac

30026235

DP EduPac

30100870

Detailed information about melting and dropping point service offering is available at: www.mt.com/GMDP 227

Materials Characterization 228

Page Overview 230 – 231 Good Thermal Analysis Practice 232 – 233 Thermal Analysis Modules 234 – 236 Thermal Analysis Options 237 Hot-Stage Microscopy Systems 238

METTLER TOLEDO sets the standards in Thermal Analysis, just like with its world-class balances

229

Overview

Materials Characterization Thermal Analysis and Hot-Stage Microscopy DSC Differential scanning calorimetry

Hot-stage microscopy yields a wealth of information that is complementary to the data obtained from the thermal analysis.

This often greatly facilitates the interpretation of results.

230

DSC

Features and benefits: • Modular concept – tailor-made solutions for current and future needs • High performance instruments – ­accurate analysis of a wide variety of samples • High-level competence and support – training courses and applications ­literature fosters knowledge sharing and growth • Service – prompt response and maintenance contracts guarantee maximum system uptime

DSC determines the enthalpies associated with transitions and reactions and the temperatures at which these processes occur.

Thermal Analysis Excellence

The METTLER TOLEDO thermal analysis Excellence line offers tailor-made solutions for academic and industrial appli­ cations. The unrivalled performance and innovative technology will propel you to the forefront of your field and guarantee you the highest level of Swiss quality, ­accuracy and efficiency.

Overview

Hot-Stage Microscopy

Hot-stage microscopy is widely used for the visual characterization of all kind of thermal transitions.

Thermal Analysis Excellence

DMA and TMA are used to measure the mechanical and viscoelastic properties of materials as a function of temperature, time and frequency.

DMA and TMA

TGA/DSC measures sample weight as a function of temperature. It is used to perform compositional analysis or investigate the reaction kinetics of your sample.

Thermal Analysis Excellence

Flash DSC is the ideal addition for characterizing modern materials and optimizing production processes by thermal analysis.

TGA/DSC

Hot-Stage 足Microscopy Thermal optical 足analysis

Thermal Analysis Excellence

DMA and TMA Dynamic mechanical analysis and Thermo mechanical analysis

Flash DSC

TGA/DSC Thermogravimetric analysis

Thermal Analysis Excellence

Flash DSC Flash differential scanning 足calorimetry

231

Good Thermal Analysis Practice™

5 Steps to Excellence Full Life-Cycle Support METTLER TOLEDO offers comprehensive support for all of the 5 steps of Good Thermal Analysis Practice. This not only ensures that you invest in the most suitable equipment and services, but also that you operate your system correctly, thereby minimizing errors and improving performance.

5 Routine Operation

4 Training

1 Evaluation

GTAP

TM

2 Selection

3 Installation & Qualification

GTAP™ supports you in fulfilling your requirements from the beginning. It allows you to make the right decisions during the e­ ntire life-cycle of your system.

• Enables compliance with regulations • Ensures consistent and accurate results • Increases productivity at lower costs • Makes sure users are professionally trained

232

DQ Design Qualification

IQ/OQ Installation & Qualification

EduPac Education Package

This tool helps you to define your current and future requirements together with our consultant in order to select the most suitable system for your application and protect your investment for the future.

The Installation and Operational Qualification processes are performed carefully and guarantee that the equipment does what it is intended to do. Detailed documentation with a professionally executed qualification procedure ensures conformity and establishes complete traceability from the very start.

Under the watchful eye of our specialist, this training package helps you familiarize yourself with the instrument and learn efficient operation through practical exercises.

• Configuration of the system • Setting up experiments • Measuring your samples • Evaluation and interpretation of the curves

Calibration

Preventive Maintenance

Evaluate Process Risks

Your system should be tested and calibrated regularly to ensure that it consistently meets your predefined requirements. ­METTLER TOLEDO offers various calibration services.

METTLER TOLEDO offers preventive maintenance services that guarantee high performance.

Your ­system will be systematic­ ally i­nspected to detect and ­correct potential failures before they ­occur.

Perform your own laboratory Thermal Analysis Risk Check with our web-based tool: www.mt.com/ta-riskcheck

233

Thermal Analysis Modules

The STAR e System – the Flexible Solution Select the Right Thermal Analysis Module A sound investment. You begin with the instrument configuration that meets your current needs. Later on, you can upgrade the system with options or accessories to satisfy your new requirements. It’s a sound investment, whatever you decide on.

Modular design

STARe Software

The STAR e software is designed around the powerful basic software, which consists of the Evaluation and Module Control W ­ indows and a simplified Installation Window.

The software can easily be expanded to support new ­applications or instruments.

Robot

DSC

Robot

Flash DSC

TGA

TMA

DMA

Features and benefits of the STAR e Excellence Software: • Unlimited evaluation possibilities – enormous flexibility • Reliable automation – high sample throughput with result ­assessment dramatically ­improves efficiency • Integrated database – guarantees highest level of data security • 21 CFR Part 11 compliance – supports user level management and electronic signatures • Modular concept – tailor-made solutions for current and future needs • Easy and intuitive operation – saves time in training and in daily use

STAR e Thermal Analysis Software Multi Module Operation

MaxRes Method Window

Relative Loop

Conditional Experiment Termination

Routine Window

Experiment Window

21 CFR 11 User Rights

Concurrent Users

Server Mode LIMS

Model Free Kinetics Kinetics nth Order

The powerful and versatile STAR e software provides unrivalled ­flexibility and unlimited evaluation possibilities 234

Quality Control TOPEM

HS

DSC

HP DSC

Flash DSC

The DSC utilizes an innovative sensor with a patented starshaped arrangement of 120 thermo­couples that guarantees unmatched sensitivity and reso­ lution.

For material testing, process development or quality control there is often no alternative to DSC measurements under pressure. Measurements performed under pressure expand the possibilities of thermal analysis.

Flash DSC revolutionizes rapidscanning DSC. Flash DSC allows the user to analyze reorganization processes that were previously impossible to measure. Flash DSC is the ideal complement to conventional DSC.

DSC features and benefits: • Amazing sensitivity – for the measurement of weak effects • Outstanding resolution – ­allows measurement of rapid changes and closelying events • Efficient automation – reliable sample robot for high sample throughput

HP DSC features and benefits: • Shorter analysis time – higher pressure and temperature ­accelerate reactions • Measurement under process conditions – simulation of practical reaction environments • Better interpretation – effects can be separated by suppressing vaporization

Flash DSC features and benefits: • Ultra-high heating rates – ­reduce measurement times and suppress reorganization processes • Ultra-high cooling rates – allow materials with defined structural properties to be prepared • Fast response sensor – ­enables the kinetics of extremely fast reactions or crystallization processes to be studied 235

Thermal Analysis Modules

236

TGA and TGA/DSC

TMA

DMA

The TGA and TGA/DSC is equipped with a top-of-the-line METTLER TOLEDO ultramicro balance with unique built-in calibration ring weights for unparalleled accuracy.

The Thermomechanical Analyzer incorporates Swiss precision mechanics and features nanometer resolution to measure the very smallest dimensional changes.

The Dynamic Mechanical Analyzer (DMA) with its revolutionary technology offers previously unattained performance and time­ saving external sample loading.

TGA/DSC features and benefits: • Efficient automation – reliable sample robot for high sample throughput • METTLER TOLEDO ultramicro balance – rely on the balance technology leader • DSC heat flow measurement – for simultaneous detection of thermal events

TMA features and benefits: • Nanometer resolution – ­allows very small changes to be measured • Dynamic load TMA (DLTMA mode) – measures weak transitions and elasticity • SDTA – simultaneous measurement of thermal effects

DMA features and benefits: • Wide force range from 1 mN to 40 N – allows very soft and very hard samples to be measured • Frequency range from 1 mHz to 1 kHz – means that measurements can be performed under real conditions or more rapidly at higher frequencies • Innovative sample holders – permit samples to be prepared and loaded externally

Thermal Analysis Options

Extremely wide application range Thermal analysis is firmly established as a method for the characterization of physical and chemical properties of materials in many different fields.

Materials characterization by

DSC

Flash DSC

TGA

TMA

DMA

•

•

•

•

Physical properties Melting / crystallization

•

•

Enthalpy of crystallization

•

•

Solid fat index

•

Purity determination

•

Vaporization / drying

•

•

Sorption and desorption

•

Glass transition

•

•

Specific heat capacity

•

•

Polymorphism, crystalline transitions

•

•

Liquid-crystalline transitions

•

•

Expansion coefficient, shrinkage behavior

www.mt.com/ta-usercoms

• •

Viscoelastic behavior, elastic modulus

•

•

Chemical changes Decomposition, pyrolysis

•

•

•

Oxidation, stability

•

•

•

Curing, vulcanization, gelation

•

•

Dehydration

•

•

Denaturation

•

•

Swelling and foaming

•

Reaction process, reaction enthalpy and kinetics

•

• • •

•

www.mt.com/ta-webinars www.mt.com/ta-etraining

•

Crucibles and sensors for thermal analysis Crucibles serve as containers for samples during thermoanalytical measurements. The type of crucible used for a measurement can have a large effect on the quality of the results obtained, and in addition, also influences important characteristics of the DSC measuring cell.

In Flash DSC, the sample is placed directly onto the MultiSTAR chip sensor. The patented dynamic power compensation control circuit allows measurements to be performed with minimum noise level at high heating and cooling rates.

Part no.

Crucible type

51119810

Aluminum crucible light

00026763

Aluminum crucible standard

51140407

Copper crucible

51140842 51119654

Quantity

Volume in uL

Max. pressure in MPa

Max. tempera­ ture in °C

for DSC

for TGA

100

20

0.2

640

•

100

40

0.2

640

•

100

40

750

•

•

Platinum crucible small

4

30

1600

•

•

Platinum crucible medium

4

70

1600

•

•

00027220

Gold crucible

6

40

0.25

750

•

•

00029990

Medium pressure crucible

25

120

2

250

•

51140405

Reusable, gold plated high pressure crucible

3

30

15

350

•

00026731

High pressure crucible

25

40

15

750

•

51140845

Sapphire crucible medium

4

70

2000

•

51140843

Alumina crucible small

20

30

2000

•

00024123

Alumina crucible medium

20

70

2000

•

00024124

Alumina crucible large

20

150

2000

*

51119960

Alumina crucible large

4

900

2000

*

•

* only with large furnace

For more crucibles please see

www.mt.com/ta-crucibles or ask for the crucible brochure.

237

Hot-Stage Microscopy Systems

Hot-Stage Microscopy Systems Seeing is Believing The hot-stage microscopy is a powerful tool that is widely used for the visual characterization of all kind of thermal transitions. The possibility of directly ­observing morphological changes in a sample as it is heated or cooled is of enormous value. Changes in the shape, structure and color of crystals are seen as well as their size and number. The technique allows phase transitions to be ­characterized and provides information on expansion and shrinkage behavior.

Features and benefits: • Imaging possibilities – allow polymorphic ­transitions to be studied visually • Closed furnace design – guarantees excellent ­temperature ­control • High sensitivity – optical sensitivity is not ­influenced by the heating or cooling rates

Choice of thermal events and operations which can be defined using the HS82/HS84 Industry

Thermal events

Pharmaceutical, petrol, food, cosmetics, ­academia

Melting characteristics

Pharmaceuticals, food, cosmetics

Polymorphism

Chemicals, cosmetics Polymers, pharma­ ceuticals

•

•

•

•

Liquid crystal transitions

•

•

Crystallization and nucleation

•

•

•

Chemicals, petrol

Cloud point

Chemicals, academia, test laboratories

Purity

Pharmaceuticals, ­chemicals, polymers

Decomposition temperature

Polymers

Curing

•

Pharmaceuticals, polymers, chemicals, academia, test laboratories

Reaction and transformation enthalpy

•

Forensic science

Oil immersion / temperature variation method

The HS82 hot-stage microscopy system is an easy-to-use and precise thermal measuring cell for visual sample observation. The HS84 hot-stage microscopy system allows DSC heat flow measurements in addition. Two different software packages allow evaluation of heat flow or video image capture.

Image at 100 °C

238

HS82 HS84

Image at 90 °C

• •

•

•

METTLER TOLEDO Organizations Worldwide

Mettler-Toledo AG CH-8606 Greifensee, Switzerland Phone +41-44-944 22 11 Fax +41-44-944 30 60

Australia

www.mt.com/contacts

Austria Belgium Brazil Canada China Croatia Czech Republic Denmark France Germany HongKong Hungary India Italy Japan Korea Kazakhstan Malaysia Mexico Netherlands Norway Poland Russia Singapore Slovakia Slovenia Spain Sweden Switzerland Thailand Taiwan United Kingdom United States Vietnam

For all other countries

Mettler-Toledo Ltd., Port Melbourne, Victoria 3207 Tel. (03) 9644 57 00, Fax (03) 9645 39 35 Mettler-Toledo GmbH., A-1230 Wien Tel. (01) 604 19 80, Fax (01) 604 28 80 Mettler-Toledo s.a., B-1932 Zaventem Tel. (02) 334 02 11, Fax (02) 334 03 34 Mettler-Toledo Ind. e Com. Ltda., 06460-000 Barueri/ São Paulo Tel. (11) 4166-7400, Fax (11) 41667401 Mettler-Toledo Inc., Ontario, Canada Tel 800-METTLER, Fax 1-800-786-0042 Mettler-Toledo China, Shanghai 200233 Tel. (21) 6485 04 35, Fax (21) 6485 33 51 Mettler-Toledo, d.o.o., HR-10000 Zagreb Tel. 01 29 58 130, Fax 01 29 58 140 Mettler-Toledo, spol, s.r.o., CZ-100 00 Praha 10 Tel. 226 808 150, Fax 226 808 170 Mettler-Toledo A/S, DK-2600 Glostrup Tel. 43 270 800, Fax 43 270 828 Mettler-Toledo SAS, F-78222 Viroflay Tel. (01) 3097 17 17, Fax (01) 3097 16 16 Mettler-Toledo GmbH, D-35353 Giessen Tel. (0641) 50 70, Fax (0641) 507 128 Mettler-Toledo (HK) MTCN Ltd., Kowloon Tel. (852) 2744 1221, Fax (852) 2744 6878 Mettler-Toledo Kft., H-1139 Budapest Tel. 06 1 288 4040, Fax: 06 1 288 4050 Mettler-Toledo India Pvt Ltd, Mumbai 400 072 Tel. (22) 4291 0111 Fax (22) 2857 5071 Mettler-Toledo S.p.A., I-20026 Novate Milanese Tel. (02) 333 321, Fax (02) 356 29 73 Mettler-Toledo K.K., Tokyo 110-0008 Tel. (3) 5815 5515,, Fax (3) 5815 5525 Mettler-Toledo (Korea) Ltd., Seoul 137-130 Tel. 82-2-3498-3500, Fax 82-2-3498-3555 Mettler-Toledo Central Asia, 050009 Almaty Tel. (07) 727 2980833, Fax (07) 7272980835 Mettler-Toledo (M) Sdn. Bhd., 40150 Selangor Tel. +60-3-7844 5888, Fax +60-3-784 58 773 Mettler-Toledo S.A. de C.V., México, D.F. C.P. 11570 Tel. (55) 1946 0900, Fax (55) 5550 5250 Mettler-Toledo B.V., NL-4004 JK Tiel Tel. (0344) 638 363, Fax (0344) 638 390 Mettler-Toledo AS, NO-0581 Oslo Tel. 22 30 44 90, Fax 22 32 70 02 Mettler-Toledo, Sp. z o.o., PL-02-822 Warszawa Tel. (22) 440 67 00, Fax (22) 440 67 38 Mettler-Toledo C.I.S. AG, 101000 Moskau Tel. (495) 651 98 86, Fax 499) 272 22 74 Mettler-Toledo (S) Pte. Ltd., Singapore 139959 Tel. 65-6890 0011, Fax 65-6890 0012 Mettler-Toledo, SK-83103 Bratislava Tel. (02) 4444 1220, Fax (02) 4444 12 23 Mettler-Toledo, d.o.o., SI-1261 Ljubljana – Dobrunje Tel. (01) 547 4900, Fax (01) 542 0252 Mettler-Toledo S.A.E., E-08908 Barcelona Tel. 902 32 00 23, Fax 902 32 00 24 Mettler-Toledo AB, S-12008 Stockholm Tel. 08 702 50 00, Fax 08 642 45 62 Mettler-Toledo (Schweiz) GmbH, CH-8606 Greifensee Tel. (044) 944 47 60, Fax (044) 944 45 10 Mettler-Toledo (Thailand) Ltd., Bangkok 10320 Tel. 66-2-723 0300, Fax 66-2-719 6479 Mettler-Toledo Pac Rim AG, Taipei Tel. (2) 2657 8898, Fax (2) 2657 0776 Mettler-Toledo Ltd., Leicester, LE4 1AW Tel. (0116) 235 70 70, Fax (0116) 236 6399 Mettler-Toledo, LLC, Columbus, OH 43240 Tel. 800-METTLER, Fax (614) 438 4900 Mettler Toledo Vietnam LLC., Ho Chi Minh City Tel. +84-8-3551-5924, Fax +84-8-3551-5923 Mettler-Toledo AG PO Box VI-400, CH-8606 Greifensee Tel. +41-44-944 22 11, Fax +41-44-944 31 70

Stay up to Date With METTLER TOLEDO Take advantage of our variety of publications and online resources to keep you and your business up to date and well informed.

EasyFinder™ Our updated online product selection tool helps you find your perfect b­ alance. New features include: • Side-by-side comparison • Save and share search results • Personalized printing • Get a free GWP® Recommendation for ­immediate ­download www.mt.com/easyfinder

Live and on-demand Webinars Our web-based seminars (webinars), live and on demand, give you the opportunity to receive specific and relevant ­information concerning our products and applications. e.g. Thermal Analysis Webinars www.mt.com/ta-webinars e.g. Automated Chemistry Webinars www.mt.com/ac-webinars Good Measuring Practices Risk-based guidelines for weighing, titration and pipetting from METTLER TOLEDO empower you to make the right decision when it really matters.

Good Measurement Practices www.mt.com/gp New white paper on Good Measuring Practices www.mt.com/Lab-Good-Practices

www.mt.com For more information

Mettler-Toledo AG Laboratory Division CH-8606 Greifensee, Switzerland Tel. +41 44 944 22 11 Fax +41 44 944 30 60

Quality certificate Development, production and ­testing according to ISO 9001.

Subject to technical changes © 02/2014 Mettler-Toledo AG Printed in Switzerland 11795953 Global MarCom Switzerland

"Communauté Européenne" This mark gives you the assurance that our products conform with the latest directives.

Environment management system according to ISO 14001.